Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Staffing & Employment Services / PageGroup

PageGroup

page · LSE Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker page
Exchange LSE
Sector Communication Services
Industry Staffing & Employment Services
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2008 Annual Report · PageGroup
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Annual Report & Accounts 2008

Highlights

2008

Revenue (£m)

Gross Profit (£m)

Profit before tax (£m)

972.8

2008

831.6

2007

649.1

2006

523.8

2005

433.7

2004

552.7

2008

478.1

2007

348.8

2006

267.6

2005

210.6

2004

Basic earnings 
per share (pence)

Dividend per share 
(pence)

30.3

31.1

19.6

14.8

9.8

2008

2007

2006

2005

2004

8.0

8.0

6.0

5.0

4.0

2008

2007

2006

2005

2004

140.1

2008

147.4

2007

97.0

66.1

38.9

2006

2005

2004

Headcount at 
year end

4,943

2008

5,052

2007

3,758

2006

2,926

2005

2,647

2004

•	 Record	levels	of	revenue	and	gross	profit

•	 Gross	profit	from	permanent	placements	grew	14%

•	 Gross	profit	from	temporary	placements	grew	20%

•	 Temporary	placements	gross	margins	maintained	at	24.2%

•	 68%	of	gross	profit	generated	from	outside	the	UK

•	 EMEA,	the	Group’s	largest	region,	grew	gross	profit	by	32%

•	 51%	of	gross	profit	generated	from	non-Finance	and	Accounting	disciplines

•	 Cash	generated	from	operations	up	25%	to	£185.2m	(2007:	£148.7m)

•	 Net	cash	at	the	year	end	of	£94.3m	(2007:	£10.3m)

michael page international

Global Profits

2008

“”

RecoRd GRoSS 
pRofitS of £553m, 
up 16%.

“looking	at	2008	as	a	whole,	Michael	page	delivered	a	good	set	

of	results.	However,	it	was	a	year	of	two	halves	with	a	strong	first	

half	being	followed	by	a	progressively	weaker	second	half	as	the	

economic	environment	deteriorated.		

“Given	the	current	uncertainty	over	the	economic	outlook,	it	is	

extremely	difficult	to	predict	the	performance	of	our	business	in	

the	short	term.	Whilst,	as	in	previous	downturns,	we	will	aim	to	

maintain	our	market	presence,	we	also	recognise	the	need	to	

manage	 our	 cost	 base	 to	 reflect	 current	 trading.	 our	strategy	

of	diversifying	by	both	specialist	discipline	and	geography	has	

increased	our	resilience	and	our	balance	sheet	has	never	been	

stronger.	We	believe	the	Group	is	well	positioned	to	benefit	when	

market	conditions	improve	and	we	remain	confident	in	the	longer	

term	prospects	of	the	Group.”

Steve Ingham, CEO

+16% -6%

Gross Profit (£m)

Operating Profit (£m)

552.7

478.1

2008

2007

140.5

149.4

2008

2007

10 Chairman’s	Statement		12 operational	Review		18	Financial	Review		26 Board	of	Directors		28 Directors’	Report		34 Corporate	Governance			 
40  Remuneration	 Report	 	 48  Independent	 Auditors’	 Report	 to	 the	 members	 of	 Michael	 page	 International	 plc	 	 51  Consolidated	 Income	
Statement		52 Consolidated	Statement	of	Changes	in	Equity		53 Statement	of	Changes	in	Equity	–	parent	Company		54 Balance	Sheets		 
55 Cash	Flow	Statements		56 Notes	to	the	Financial	Statements		82 Shareholder	Information	and	Advisers		88 Five	Year	Summary		89 Annual	
General	Meeting		95 Statement	of	Directors’	responsibilities	in	accordance	with	Disclosure	and	Transparency	Rules

ANNUAl	REpoRT	2008

1

At a glance

PERFORMANCE by REgiON iN 2008

The	success	of	our	strategy	to	diversify	the	business,	both	geographically	

and	by	discipline,	through	organic	growth	has	increased	our	resilience,	with	

approximately	70%	of	the	Group’s	gross	profits	generated	outside	the	UK. 

We	have	also	added	three	new	countries,	Turkey,	Austria	and	New	Zealand,	

to	the	Group	during	2008.

EMEA  (ContinentAl euRope, middle eAst & AfRiCA)

+32%

gross profit

Gross Profit

£258.8m

2008

£196.4m

2007

Operating Profit

£66.3m

£63.0m

2008

2007

81  Offices     14  Disciplines     2,155  Employees

+31%

GRoss pRofit
Americas

3

New offices
Americas

AMERICAS

Gross Profit

Operating Profit

+31%

gross profit

£50.5m

£38.4m

2008

2007

£5.3m

£6.2m

2008

2007

18  Offices    12  Disciplines     510  Employees

2

michael page international

UnItED kInGDOM

Gross Profit

Operating Profit

-5%

gross profit

£176.7m

2008

£186.0m

2007

£46.6m

£59.4m

2008

2007

49  Offices     12  Disciplines     1,640  Employees

+1%

ReVeNUe
United Kingdom

9

New offices
EMEA

28th

coUNtRY
New Zealand

ASIA PACIfIC

Gross Profit

Operating Profit

+17%

gross profit

£66.8m

£57.2m

2008

2007

£22.4m

£20.8m

2008

2007

15  Offices     11  Disciplines     638  Employees

ANNUAl	REpoRT	2008

3

Strategy

DiVERSiFiCATiON

Since	the	last	downturn,	we	have	accelerated	our	strategy	of	

Group	gross	profi	t	and	the	then	six-country	EMEA	region	was	

diversifi	cation,	both	by	geography	and	by	business	discipline.	

only	36%.	Today,	the	EMEA	region,	now	seventeen-countries,	

With	recruitment	being	driven	by	the	economic	cycle	and	

represents	47%	of	the	Group,	compared	with	the	UK	which	

overall	business	confi	dence,	our	strategy	aims	to	diversify	

is	32%.	The	Americas,	just	2%	of	the	Group	in	2000,	now	

the	Group’s	exposure	away	from	any	one	geographic	area	

represents	9%	with	the	number	of	businesses	across	Brazil,	

or	business	sector.

Mexico,	Argentina,	Canada	and	the	US,	growing	from	three	

We	view	each	country	discipline	as	an	individual	business	

in	its	own	right.	In	2000,	before	the	last	downturn,	we	had	

some	55	of	these	businesses;	today	there	are	202.	The	graph	

on	the	opposing	page	shows	the	gross	profi	t	generated	by	

the	original	55	businesses	back	in	2000.	on	the	overlay	we	

show	the	growth	in	these	original	businesses	as	well	as	the	

growth	 created	 from	 the	 additional	 147	 new	 businesses	

opened	since	2000.

our	aim	with	these	charts	is	to	demonstrate	the	changing	

shape	of	the	Group	since	entering	into	the	last	downturn,	

as	well	as	showing	the	rapid	growth	we	achieve	through	the	

organic	growth	of	new	businesses.	

to	thirty-two.

Similarly	from	a	discipline	perspective,	in	2000	the	Finance	

and	Accounting	discipline	represented	66%	of	the	Group.	

With	the	rapid	growth	of	the	Engineering,	procurement	and	

Supply	Chain	and	property	and	Construction	disciplines,	which	

represented	only	2%	of	the	Group	in	2000,	they	now	represent	

15%	of	the	Group	and	Finance	and	Accounting	49%.

The	chart	below	represents	the	profi	t	performance	throughout	

the	Group’s	history.	During	each	economic	cycle	the	Group	

organically	 has	 created	 a	 larger	 business	 platform	 from	

which	it	grows	a	greater	profi	t	performance.	It	also	illustrates	

how	our	commitment	to	maintaining	these	businesses	in	

In	2000,	the	UK	was	the	largest	region	representing	50%	of	

downturns	has	maximised	the	growth	in	upturns.

“ Strategic and measured 
investment and ongoing 
commitment to existing 
businesses in downturns 
has maximised growth
in upturns”

4

14

17

16

77

92

1
1
1
1
1
1

4

28

202

191

michael page international

GROSS PROfIt

By REGIOn
300

  Businesses in 2000

  2000 Businesses in 2008

  All Businesses in 2008

)

m
£

(

t
i
f
o
r
P
s
s
o
r
G

250

200

150

100

50

0

UK

EMEA

Americas

Asia Pacific

By DISCIPLInE

)

m
£

(

t
i
f
o
r
P
s
s
o
r
G

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

Finance &
Accounting

Marketing,
Sales & Retail

Eng, P&C
*
& P&SC

Other
Disciplines

*Engineering,	property	&	Construction,	procurement	&	Supply	Chain

ANNUAl	REpoRT	2008

5

 
 
 
 
 
Growth

HOW WE ACHiEVED THESE RESULTS

“”

GRowinG entiRely 
oRGAnicAlly, 
RAtheR thAn 
By meRGeRS oR 
AcquiSitionS...

Creating a world-leading consultancy

Michael	 page	 International	 is	 a	 world-leading	 specialist	

recruitment	consultancy.	Growing	entirely	organically,	rather	

than	by	mergers	or	acquisitions,	we	now	have	approximately	

5,000	people	in	163	offices	in	28	countries	worldwide.

our	specialist	areas	are	Accounting,	Tax	and	Treasury,	Banking	

and	Financial	Services,	Consultancy,	Strategy	and	Change,	

Engineering	&	Manufacturing,	Healthcare,	Human	Resources,	

IT	&	Technology,	legal,	Marketing,	oil	&	Gas,	procurement	&	

Supply	Chain,	property	&	Construction,	Retail	&	Hospitality,	

Sales	and	Secretarial.

Coming	from	all	industry	sectors,	our	clients	range	from	market-

leading	 multi-nationals	 to	 small	 and	 medium	 enterprises. 

In	each	case,	we	tailor	our	services	to	provide	a	bespoke	

offering	 to	 meet	 our	 clients’	 needs	 whether	 permanent,	

contract,	temporary	or	interim.

focusing on strategies that endure

Recruitment	is	a	cyclical	business.	To	counter	this,	as	much	as	

possible,	our	strategy	is	to	expand	geographically	–	nationally	

and	internationally	–	and	broaden	the	disciplines	to	reduce	

the	dependency	on	individual	businesses	or	markets.	We	are	

always	making	long-term	investment	decisions	to	expand	

organically,	growing	existing	and	new	teams,	offices,	disciplines	

and	countries	with	a	consistent	team	culture.	

We	 underpin	 this	 drive	 by	 drawing	 upon	 the	 skills	 and	

experiences	 of	 proven	 Michael	 page	 management	 and	

ensure	we	have	the	best,	most	experienced,	home-grown	

talent	 in	 each	 key	 role.	 Culturally	 it	 is	 imperative	 that	 we	

are	entrepreneurial,	operate	within	a	strict	meritocracy	and	

are	team-based,	whereby	consultants	enjoy	profit	sharing	

arrangements	rather	than	individual	commissions.	To	achieve	

this,	we	place	great	emphasis	on	training	our	people	and	

invest	heavily	in	technology	to	maximise	both	performance	

and	delivery.

6

michael page international

finding solutions that are needed

Being recognised for setting the standard

our	 clients	 are	 competing	 in	 an	 increasingly	 fierce	 war	

A	growing	number	of	initiatives	and	awards	are	testament	to	

for	 qualified	 talent.	 As	 a	 result	 they	 rely	 on	 Michael	 page	

our	commitment	to	delivering	quality.	We	have	been	voted	into	

International	to	provide	creative	and	innovative	solutions	to	

the	Sunday	Times	100	Best	Companies	to	Work	For	since	

meet	their	needs.

2005.

Whether	a	carefully	targeted	online	campaign,	a	database	

our	growing	reputation	isn’t	confined	to	the	UK’s	shores.	

search,	 or	 a	 desire	 to	 source	 candidates	 internationally,	

overseas,	the	Boston	Business	Journal	has	voted	us	one	

each	solution	is	bespoke	to	achieve	our	clients	objectives.	 

of	the	“Best	places	to	Work	in	Massachusetts”,	the	Hartford	

This	consultative	approach	has	been	recognised	by	the	level	

Business	Journal	has	voted	us	one	of	the	“Best	places	to	

of	repeat	business	Michael	page	receives	as	well	as	the	ever	

Work	in	Connecticut”	and	Crain’s	has	ranked	us	as	the	‘No.1	

increasing	number	of	clients	served.	

Executive	Recruiting	Firm	in	New	York	City’.	

Quality	 underpins	 everything	 we	 do.	 To	 deliver	 solutions	

While	this	external	recognition	is	warmly	welcomed,	we	are	

consistently	to	such	a	high	standard,	we	are	fully	committed	

also	keen	to	celebrate	some	of	our	own	internal	initiatives.

to	the	ongoing	training	of	all	of	our	staff	and	the	continued	

roll-out	of	superior	systems	and	processes.

Putting values that work at the heart of our business

There	are	five	values	that	we	believe	contribute	to	our	continued	

success.	These	attributes	are	not	only	the	essence	of	our	

brand,	but	also	our	employees.

pRide:	We	take	great	pride	in	what	we	do.	We’re	proud	of	the	

Company	we	work	for	and,	most	of	all,	proud	of	the	people	

we	work	with.	

Within	our	business	we	vigorously	promote	a	culture	of	diversity.	

our	clients	 rely	 on	 us	 to	 propose	 candidates	 that	 have	 a	

healthy	range	of	attitudes	and	characteristics	that	fairly	reflects	

the	society	we	live	in.	To	that	end,	we	have	our	own	internal	

diversity	policy	that	is	communicated	to	all	employees.	

This	 ensures	 we	 offer	 our	 clients	 the	 best	 candidates	 on	

the	basis	of	their	relevant	aptitudes,	skills	and	abilities	and	

that	those	candidates	are	drawn	from	diverse	backgrounds.	 

We	also	provide	training	and	focus-groups	on	diversity,	as	well	

as	participating	in	a	number	of	external	initiatives	such	as	the	

pASSion:	It’s	our	passion	to	achieve	the	very	best	for	our	

Employers	Forum	on	Age,	Business	in	The	Community,	Global	

clients	and	candidates	that	drives	us	to	outperform	and	beat	

Graduates,	Race	for	opportunity	and	The	Brokerage	(a	charity	

whose	aim	is	to	increase	the	ambition	and	employability	of	

young	people	in	the	11	inner-city	boroughs	of	london).

the	competition.	

ReSilience: We	know	that	successful	consultants	are	not	

fazed	by	difficulty,	but	instead,	turn	it	into	an	opportunity	to	

demonstrate	ability.

teAmwoRk: By	teaming	with	each	other	and	with	clients	

we	improve	the	quality	of	decision-making	and	increase	the	

likelihood	of	success.

fun: Though	serious	about	our	work,	we’re	extremely	sociable	

and	enjoy	celebrating	our	success	together.

ANNUAl	REpoRT	2008

7

Strategy

CONSiSTENT THROUgH CyCLES

TO ORgANiCALLy gROW ExiSTiNg 
AND NEW TEAMS, OFFiCES, 
DiSCiPLiNES AND COUNTRiES 
WiTH A CONSiSTENT TE AM 
AND MERiTOCRATiC CULTURE

s

Tea m

C

o

u

Offi

c

e

s

Culture

s
e

ciplin

n

tries

D i s

CLEAR On BRAnD

Executive
Search

Qualified Professional

Clerical Professional

Generalist Staffing

28 Countries  108 offices  2,774 fee earners

10 Countries  81 offices  880 fee earners

•	

	No	acquisitions,	one	IT	platform,	one	culture,	one	

remuneration	strategy

•	

	Consistent	recruitment,	training,	development	to	ensure	

consistent	quality	of	fee	earners

•	 Consistent	brand	strategy

•	

	organic	growth,	home-grown	Directors/MD’s	run	all	

disciplines/countries

•	

	Strategic	and	measured	investment	in	downturns	

has maximised growth in upturns

8

michael page international

DEEP In ExPERIEnCE

senior operational 
management

Executive	Board

Regional	Managing	Directors

Managing	Directors

Directors

no. 

5

11

37

138

191

Average tenure 
in mp

20	years

14	years

12	years

8	years

Ave	c.10	years

8 yrs

37

138

Figures in white represent
average term at Michael Page

12 yrs

1985

20 yrs

14 yrs

1990

Average Date Joined

1995

2000

2008

5

11

N o .   o f   C u r r e n t   D i r e c t o r s

•	

	100%	RMDs/Executive	Directors	joined	before	2000

•	

	Strength	of	working	relationships	improves	

•	 38%	RMDs/Executive	Directors	joined	before	1990

communication

•	

	Directors	experienced	in	managing	upturns	and	

downturns

•	 Hired	and	trained	in	one	culture

•	 >50%	remuneration	linked	to	Group	profit

•	 MDs	receive	lTIp,	Directors	share	options

fLExIBLE wItH HEADCOUnt

•	

	c900	teams	worldwide,	typically	a	Manager	and	three	

•	

	New	consultant	hired,	costs	rise	~20%,	consultant	lost,	

Consultants

costs	fall	~20%

•	

	Manager	has	full	p&l	responsibility	for	team

•	

	Teams	in	bull	market	maximise	potential	from	existing	

•	

	Significant	share	of	profit	each	quarter	allocated	to	team	

members	before	hiring	after	Director	authority

as	bonus

•	

	Teams	in	bear	market	ensure	they	reward,	using	bonus,	

•	

	Individual	bonuses	allocated	after	performance	appraisal,	

to	retain	strongest /lose	weakest

based	on	contribution	and	value	to	team

1996
Singapore

1993
Germany

1998
uSA

2001
Switzerland
Japan

2002
Belgium
Sweden

2006
South Africa
Russia
ireland
u.A.e.
mexico

2008
Austria
turkey
new Zealand

1997
Spain
italy

2000
portugal
Brazil

2005
poland
canada

2007
luxembourg
Argentina

1995
hong kong

2003
china

t
n
u
o
c
d
a
e
H

6000

5000

4000

3000

2000

1000

0

1990

1991

1992

1993

1994

1995

1996

1997

1998

1999

2000

2001

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

ANNUAl	REpoRT	2008

9

Chairman’s

STATEMENT

2008	as	a	whole	was	a	successful	year	for	the	Group,	despite	

encountering	 increasingly	 difficult	 economic	 conditions. 

We	have	produced	a	record	level	of	revenue	with	growth	

in	 every	 region.	 This	 performance	 was	 testament	 to	 our	

strategy	of	diversifying	the	Group’s	business	through	organic	

expansion.	At	the	beginning	of	the	year,	we	experienced	strong	

demand	in	the	majority	of	our	businesses	around	the	world	

and	continued	our	expansion	and	investment	in	headcount	

to	deliver	growth.	Total	staff	numbers	grew	from	5,052	at	the	

beginning	of	the	year	to	peak	at	5,535	by	the	end	of	June. 

As	market	conditions	deteriorated	rapidly	in	the	second	half	

of	the	year	our	businesses	reacted	quickly,	reducing	total	staff	

to	4,943	at	the	end	of	the	year.	During	the	year	we	started	

businesses	in	Austria,	Turkey	and	New	Zealand	and	now	have	

operations	in	163	offices	across	28	countries.

financial summary

Revenue	for	the	year	ended	31	December	2008	increased	

17.0%	to	£972.8m	(2007:	£831.6m)	and	gross	profit	grew	by	

15.6%	to	£552.7m	(2007:	£478.1m).	The	reported	revenue	

and	gross	profit	benefited	from	the	weakening	of	Sterling	

during	the	year,	in	constant	currency	the	growth	rates	were	

7.9%	and	5.8%	respectively.	As	typically	happens	when	market	

conditions	weaken,	temporary	placements	were	more	resilient	

than	 permanent.	 Growth	 in	 gross	 profits	 from	 temporary	

placements	 exceeded	 that	 from	 permanent	 placements	

and	this	slight	shift	in	business	mix	resulted	in	a	Group	gross	

margin	of	56.8%	(2007:	57.5%).	The	rapid	slowdown	in	activity	

we	experienced	in	the	second	half	of	the	year,	combined	

with	the	Group’s	high	operational	gearing	produced	lower	

operating	profits	of	£140.5m	(2007:	£149.4m).	profit	before	

tax	 was	 £140.1m	 (2007:	 £147.4m)	 and	 basic	 earnings	

per	share	were	2.6%	lower	at	30.3p	(2007:	31.1p).	Cash	

“”

2008 AS A whole wAS 
A SucceSSful yeAR 
foR the GRoup

The	success	of	our	strategy	to	diversify	the	business,	both	

geographically	and	by	discipline,	through	organic	growth	is	

increasingly	evident,	with	the	EMEA	region	the	largest	in	the	

Group.	This	diversification,	combined	with	the	weakness	of	

Sterling,	means	almost	70%	of	the	Group’s	2008	reported	

gross	profits	were	generated	outside	the	UK.	With	a	heritage	

in	Finance	and	Accounting	recruitment,	these	disciplines	will	

continue	to	represent	a	significant	proportion	of	the	business	

for	some	time.	However,	other	professional	disciplines	that	we	

generated	from	operations	increased	by	24.6%	to	£185.2m	 

have	been	successfully	rolling-out	now	account	for	just	over	

(2007:	£148.7m)	the	increase	being	largely	driven	by	lower	

50%	of	the	Group’s	gross	profit	and	we	anticipate	that	the	

working	capital	requirements.	The	Group’s	net	cash	position	

proportion	generated	from	these	other	disciplines	will	continue	

at	31	December	2008	is	£94.3m	(2007:	£10.3m).

to	increase	as	we	diversify	further.	

10

michael page international

Dividends, share repurchases and cash position

extend	the	appreciation	of	the	Board	and	shareholders	to	the	

The	Board’s	policy	on	dividends	is	to	seek	to	grow	the	level	of	

staff	and	to	thank	them	for	their	commitment	to	the	Group.	

annual	dividend	to	a	level	which	we	believe	can	be	sustained	

Board of Directors

throughout	 economic	 cycles.	 Surplus	 cash	 generated	 in	

excess	of	these	dividend	levels	will	be	returned	to	shareholders	

through	share	repurchases	whilst	maintaining	a	strong	balance	

sheet	position.	

Stephen	Box,	the	Senior	Independent	Director,	has	decided	

not	to	seek	re-election	to	the	Board	at	the	forthcoming	Annual	

General	Meeting	in	May.		Stephen	joined	the	Board	at	the	time	

of	flotation	in	2001	and	has	been	a	valuable	member	of	the	

Given	the	slight	reduction	in	earnings	per	share	but	more	

Board.	We	all	thank	him	for	his	contribution.

importantly	 the	 uncertain	 economic	 outlook,	 the	 Board	 is	

recommending	maintaining	the	total	dividend	per	share	for	the	

Current trading and future prospects

year	at	8p.	The	proposed	final	dividend	is	5.12p	(2007:	5.6p)	

Market	 conditions	 have	 deteriorated	 further	 since	 the	

per	share	which,	together	with	the	interim	dividend	of	2.88p	

beginning	of	the	year,	with	gross	profit	decreasing	in	January	

(2007:	2.4p)	per	share	paid	in	october,	makes	a	total	dividend	

and	February	by	30%	(down	38%	on	a	constant	currency	

for	the	year	of	8.0p	(2007:	8.0p)	per	share.	The	final	dividend,	 

basis).		The	Group	is	currently	operating	around	break	even	

if	approved,	will	be	paid	on	8	June	2009	to	those	shareholders	

at	the	operating	profit	level,	although	March	is	historically	our	

on	the	register	at	8	May	2009.	The	total	dividend	is	covered	

strongest	month	in	the	first	quarter.	In	light	of	these	conditions,	

3.8	times	by	basic	earnings	per	share	of	30.3p.	

we	continue	to	take	aggressive	action	to	manage	our	cost	

We	 repurchased	 7.2m	 shares	 for	 £16.8m	 during	 2008.	 

our	year	end	net	cash	position	of	£94.3m	is	higher	than	usual,	

reflecting	the	adoption	of	a	more	cautious	approach	to	the	

Group’s	financial	position	given	the	deteriorating	economic	

conditions	and	volatility	in	the	financial	markets.	

takeover approach by Adecco

In	May	2008,	Michael	page	received	an	unsolicited	offer	from	

Adecco	S.A.	(“Adecco”)	regarding	a	possible	offer	for	the	

Group.	After	careful	consideration,	the	Board	of	Michael	page	

concluded	that	the	proposed	offer	materially	undervalued	

the	Group	and	its	prospects	and	that	the	interests	of	the	

Group’s	 shareholders	 and	 employees	 would	 be	 better	

served	by	Michael	page	remaining	an	independent	entity.	 

base.	Group	headcount	at	the	end	of	February	was	4,491,	

down	by	452	in	the	last	two	months	and	961	down	from	the	

position	at	the	end	of	September.	This	is	19%	lower	than	the	

peak	level	of	5,535	in	June	2008.

Strategy and Outlook

The	specialist	recruitment	markets	benefit	from	a	number	

of	 long-term	 structural	 drivers	 such	 as:	 labour	 market	

deregulation;	 demographic	 changes;	 a	 global	 shortage	 of	

qualified	 professionals;	 increasing	 job	 mobility;	 labour	 law	

compliance	and	a	greater	awareness	and	acceptance	for	

companies	to	use	specialist	recruitment	services.	These	drivers	

remain,	notwithstanding	the	impact	of	the	economic	climate	

on	the	confidence	of	both	candidates	and	clients.

on	16	September	2008,	Adecco	announced	it	was	no	longer	

In	previous	economic	downturns,	while	we	reduced	headcount,	

considering	making	an	offer	for	Michael	page,	and	pursuant	

we	maintained	our	market	presence	and	continued	to	make	

to	Rule	2.8	of	the	City	Code	on	Takeovers	and	Mergers,	

selective	new	investments.	These	decisions	enabled	us	to	

prevented	from	making	an	offer	for	Michael	page	within	the	

take	market	share	and	enhance	the	resilience	of	the	Group	

six	month	period	following	the	date	of	their	announcement.

so	that	we	were	able	to	grow	more	quickly	when	economic	

Employees

conditions	improved.	While	the	current	economic	climate	is	

challenging,	we	will,	once	again,	aim	to	maintain	and	develop	

In	response	to	the	deteriorating	and	increasingly	challenging	

our	market	presence	while	managing	our	cost	base	to	reflect	

economic	climate,	we	have	and	continue	to	take	the	regrettable,	

current	trading	conditions.

but	necessary,	actions	to	reduce	our	staff	headcount	around	

the	world.	I	would	like	to	thank	those	staff	who	have	left	the	

business	for	their	contribution	to	the	Group	and	wish	them	

well	for	the	future.

The	long-term	growth	strategy	of	the	Group	is	founded	on	

the	successful	development	of	our	staff	within	a	meritocratic	

culture.	 our	 objective	 is	 to	 provide	 the	 environment	 and	

opportunity	for	talented	individuals	to	develop	and	progress	

their	careers	with	high	recognition	and	reward.	I	would	like	to	

our	next	Interim	Management	Statement	covering	trading	

during	the	first	quarter	will	be	released	on	7	April	2009.	

Sir Adrian Montague CBE

Chairman 

5	March	2009

ANNUAl	REpoRT	2008

11

Operational

REVIEW

Strategy

the  group’s  strategy  is  to  expand  the  business  with  the 

objective of being the leading specialist recruitment consultancy 

in our chosen markets. as recruitment activity is dependent 

upon economic cycles, our strategy to counter the impact of 

economic downturns is to diversify our business by industry 

sectors, professional disciplines and by geographic markets.  

By being more diverse the dependency on individual businesses 

or markets is reduced, making the overall group more resilient. 

this strategy is pursued entirely through the organic growth 

of existing and new teams, offices, disciplines and countries 

with a consistent team and meritocratic culture.

this  growth  is  achieved  by  drawing  upon  the  skills  and 

experiences of proven michael page management ensuring we 

have the best, most experienced, home grown talent in each 

key role. When we invest in a new business we do so only with 

a long term objective and in the knowledge that at some point 

there will be periods when economic activity slows. While it is 

difficult to predict accurately when these slowdowns will occur 

and how severe they will be, it has been our practice in the past 

and our intention in the future to maintain our presence in our 

chosen markets, but with close control over our cost base.

2008

2000

£552.7m £238.3m

47%
32%
12%
9%

gross profit
% of gross profit by Region
emea
UK
asia pacific
americas
% of gross profit from four largest countries
UK
France
netherlands
australia
top 4

32%
16%
7%
7%
62%

36%
49%
13%
2%

49%
25%
6%
9%
89%

12

michael page international

our	team	based	structure	and	profit	share	business	model	is	

Review of 2008

scaleable.	The	small	team	size	also	means	that	we	can	rapidly	

increase	 our	 headcount	 to	 achieve	 growth.	 When	 market	

conditions	tighten	these	teams	then	reduce	in	size	largely	

through	natural	attrition.	Consequently,	our	cost	base	will	be	

reduced	in	a	slowdown,	but	having	invested	years	in	training	

and	developing	our	highly	capable	management	resources	

our	 objective	 is	 to	 retain	 this	 expertise	 within	 the	 Group.	 

By	following	this	course	of	action	we	typically	gain	market	 

share	 during	 downturns	 and	 position	 our	 businesses	 for	 

leading	rates	of	growth	when	economic	conditions	improve.

pursuing	this	approach	does	mean	that	in	a	downturn	our	

profitability	declines	as,	in	addition	to	the	lower	productivity	

levels	 that	 come	 with	 a	 slowdown,	 we	 also	 carry	 spare	

capacity.	Adopting	this	strategy	of	toughing	out	economic	

slowdowns	also	drives	our	funding	strategy	and	balance	

sheet	 position.	 In	 slowdowns,	 the	 business	 continues	 to	

At	 the	 start	 of	 the	 year	 the	 problems	 within	 the	 banking	

sector,	which	had	begun	with	US	sub-prime	lending	in	August	

2007,	were	beginning	to	impact	more	generally	on	banking	

clients.	While	this	slowed	our	growth	rates	in	businesses	and	

locations	with	a	high	proportion	of	banking	clients,	elsewhere,	

we	continued	to	experience	strong	demand	from	almost	

every	other	industry	sector.	To	capitalise	on	this	demand	and	

continuing	our	investment	in	new	businesses	for	longer	term	

growth,	we	increased	our	headcount	during	the	first	half	of	

the	year	by	nearly	500	people,	263	of	these	joining	in	January	

2008.	We	opened	in	Austria,	Turkey	and	New	Zealand,	added	

a	number	of	new	offices	in	other	countries	and	continued	the	

discipline	roll	out	across	our	office	network.	

As	the	problems	in	the	financial	markets	increased,	business	

confidence	 eroded	 and	 economic	 growth	 slowed	 with	

produce	strong	cash	flows	as	working	capital	requirements	

gradually	more	and	more	industries	and	countries	feeling	

reduce.	With	uncertainty	around	the	length	and	depth	of	

the	effects.	This	loss	of	confidence	became	more	marked	

economic	slowdowns,	a	strong	balance	sheet	is	essential	to	

and	spread	rapidly	in	the	fourth	quarter	to	impact	virtually	

support	the	businesses	through	these	tougher	periods	and,	

every	industry	sector	and	geographic	region	in	which	the	

when	conditions	improve	and	the	businesses	start	growing,	

Group	operates.	our	businesses	reacted	to	these	weakening	

to	fund	the	increased	working	capital	requirements.		

market	conditions	by	reducing	headcount,	most	noticeably	

% of gross profit by Discipline
Finance	and	Accounting

Marketing,	Sales	and	Retail

legal,	Technology,	HR,	Secretarial	
and	other
Engineering,	property	&	Construction,	
procurement	&	Supply	Chain

2008

2000

49%

19%

17%

66%

21%

10%

15%

3%

ANNUAl	REpoRT	2008

13

during	the	fourth	quarter,	with	over	500	people	leaving	the	

The	region	produced	an	increase	of	5.2%	(8.2%	decrease	

Group	during	that	period.	As	visibility	reduces	in	a	downturn	

in	 constant	 currency)	 in	 operating	 profit	 to	 £66.3m	 

and	productivity	declines,	reductions	in	headcount	inevitably	

(2007:	£63.0m)	and	the	conversion	rate	reduced	to	25.6%	

lag	 the	 reductions	 in	 activity	 levels	 and	 gross	 profits.	 

(2007:	32.1%).	

The	reduction	in	headcount	was	achieved	largely	through	

natural	attrition	and	without	incurring	significant	restructuring	

charges.	At	the	end	of	the	year	our	total	headcount	was	4,943	

(2007:	5,052)	operating	from	163	offices	in	28	countries.

Continental Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA)

EMEA,	the	Group’s	largest	region,	contributing	47%	of	the	

Group’s	gross	profit,	reported	strong	growth	with	revenue	

increasing	32.8%	to	£426.4m	(2007:	£321.1m)	and	gross	

profit	increasing	by	31.7%	to	£258.8m	(2007:	£196.4m).	 

The	 reported	 growth	 rates	 benefit	 from	 the	 weakness	 of	

Sterling,	revenue	and	gross	profit	growth	rates	in	constant	

currencies	being	14.8%	and	13.9%	respectively.	

In	the	first	quarter	of	2008	the	businesses	grew	year–on-

year	gross	profits	by	38%	in	constant	currency.	This	growth	

France	(33%	of	EMEA),	which	remains	our	second	largest	

and	 most	 established	 business	 after	 the	 UK,	 had	 a	 very	

successful	year	growing	gross	profits	by	17%	in	constant	

currency.	 The	 business	 in	 France	 recorded	 year–on-year	

growth	until	the	fourth	quarter,	with	page	personnel	being	

more	resilient	than	the	Michael	page	business.	

The	 individual	 performances	 of	 the	 countries	 that	 make	

up	 the	 rest	 of	 the	 region	 demonstrate	 the	 benefit	 of	

having	a	diverse	geographic	spread.	In	constant	currency,	 

the	Netherlands	(16%	of	EMEA)	gross	profits	were	the	same	

as	in	2007,	Germany	(14%	of	EMEA)	grew	gross	profits	by	

21%,	Switzerland	(8%	of	EMEA)	grew	gross	profits	by	21%,	

Spain	(9%	of	EMEA)	saw	a	decline	in	gross	profits	of	10%,	

while	Italy	(9%	of	EMEA)	grew	gross	profits	by	20%.

rate	had	slowed	to	25%	in	the	second	quarter,	but	with	all	

United kingdom

countries	in	the	region	still	achieving	year-on-year	growth.	

In	the	third	quarter	the	region	grew	by	13%,	but	with	Spain	

and	the	Netherlands	being	the	first	established	countries	

recording	year-on-year	declines	in	gross	profit.	In	the	fourth	

quarter	all	countries	recorded	year-on-year	declines	in	gross	

profit,	save	for	poland,	Russia	and	the	UAE.	

The	UK	contributed	32%	of	the	Group’s	gross	profits	in	2008.	

Revenue	increased	by	1.4%	to	£365.6m	(2007:	£360.4m)	 

while	 gross	 profit	 was	 5.0%	 lower	 at	 £176.7m	 (2007:	

£186.0m).	The	lower	gross	profit	from	an	increase	in	revenue	

is	almost	entirely	due	to	a	shift	in	mix	as	gross	profit	from	

permanent	 placements	 declined	 while	 gross	 profit	 from	

Headcount	in	the	region	increased	from	2,078	at	the	start	

temporary	placements	grew.	At	the	beginning	of	the	year	the	

of	the	year,	peaked	at	2,363	in	July	and	ended	the	year	at	

crisis	in	the	financial	markets	was	only	affecting	our	banking	

2,155.	As	well	as	opening	in	Vienna,	Austria	and	Istanbul,	

business,	 while	 the	 other	 disciplines	 were	 experiencing	

Turkey	we	launched	new	offices	in	Stuttgart,	Seville,	Massy,	

strong	demand	and	continuing	to	grow.	We	opened	offices	

Breda,	 Gothenburg,	 and	 in	 the	 first	 quarter	 of	 2009	 in	 

in	 Newcastle	 and	 Cardiff	 with	 headcount	 increasing	 from	

Abu	 Dhabi.	 The	 cost	 base	 increased	 during	 the	 first	 half	

1,799	at	the	start	of	the	year,	to	peak	at	1,880	at	the	end	of	

of	 the	 year	 to	 support	 growth.	 As	 growth	 rates	 slowed,	

April.	While	headcount	has	reduced	by	13%	in	the	remainder	

visibility	 reduced	 and	 productivity	 declined,	 with	 the	

of	the	year	to	1,640	at	the	end	of	December,	it	has	lagged	

combination	impacting	on	profitability	and	conversion	rates.	 

the	reduction	in	gross	profits.	Consequently,	operating	profits	

8%

16%

14%

11%

9%

9%

EMEA GROSS PROfIt 2008

		+17%	Growth	

France

33%

			+36%	Growth	

Belgium,	South	Africa,	UAE, 
Sweden,	poland,	portugal, 
Russia,	Ireland,	luxembourg

			+20%	Growth	

			-10%	Growth	

Italy

Spain

		+21%	Growth	

Germany

			+0%	Growth	

Holland

			+21%	Growth	

Switzerland

Growth	rates	in	local	currency

14

michael page international

	
	
for	the	year	are	21.6%	lower	at	£46.6m	(2007:	£59.4m),	

Asia Pacific

representing	a	conversion	rate	of	26.4%	(2007:	31.9%).	

In	 the	 Asia	 pacific	 region,	 revenue	 was	 14.0%	 higher	 at	

The	gross	profits	of	the	Finance	and	Accounting	businesses,	

£111.4m	(2007:	£97.8m),	gross	profit	was	16.7%	higher	at	

which	generated	50%	of	UK	gross	profit,	was	11%	lower	

£66.8m	(2007:	£57.2m)	and	operating	profit	increased	7.3%	

than	in	2007,	with	gross	profits	from	permanent	placements	

to	£22.4m	(2007:	£20.8m),	representing	a	conversion	rate	

declining	as	the	slowdown,	which	started	in	the	City,	spread	

of	33.5%	(2007:	36.4%).	The	reported	results	benefit	from	

to	impact	london	more	generally	and	latterly	the	regions.	

Gross	profit	and	margin	from	temporary	placements	remained	

broadly	flat	on	last	year.

The	 combined	 gross	 profits	 of	 Michael	 page	 Marketing,	

Michael	 page	 Sales	 and	 Michael	 page	 Retail,	 were	 in	

line	 with	 2007	 and	 represented	 24%	 of	 UK	 gross	 profit.	 

The	 Marketing	 and	 Sales	 businesses	 performed	 well	 in	

an	increasingly	challenging	market	achieving	considerable	

growth	 in	 temporary	 gross	 profits	 as	 permanent	 activity	

slowed.	Retail,	which	had	a	strong	first	half	has	experienced	a	

sharp	slowing	from	the	summer	onwards	reflecting	difficulties	

in	the	sector.

Sterling’s	weakness,	using	constant	currency,	revenue	grew	

by	3.1%,	gross	profit	grew	by	5.2%	and	operating	profit	fell	by	

3.4%.	Headcount	in	the	region	grew	from	632	at	the	start	of	

the	year	to	a	peak	of	716	at	the	end	of	october.	As	the	effects	

of	the	economic	slowdown	spread	rapidly	in	the	fourth	quarter,	

our	businesses	responded	quickly	by	reducing	headcount	in	

the	last	two	months	by	80	to	end	the	year	at	638.

In	Australia	and	New	Zealand,	(61%	of	Asia	pacific)	gross	

profit	and	operating	profit	grew	in	constant	currency	by	11.7%	

and	13.7%	respectively.	We	opened	an	office	in	Auckland	

and	 with	 the	 Australian	 economy	 remaining	 strong	 we	

increased	headcount	and	continued	the	roll	out	of	disciplines.	 

The	Australian	economy	started	to	show	signs	of	slowing	

Michael	 page	 legal,	 Michael	 page	 Technology,	 Michael	

in	the	second	half,	with	market	conditions	then	weakening	

page	 Human	 Resources	 and	 Michael	 page	 Secretarial,	

rapidly	in	the	fourth	quarter.

which	combined	represented	16%	of	the	UK,	had	a	4%	

decline	in	gross	profits.	As	with	the	other	UK	disciplines,	

they	achieved	growth	in	temporary	placements	and	lower	

permanent	placement	activity.	The	spreading	of	the	financial	

crisis	has	impacted	heavily	on	the	legal	recruitment	market	

while	Technology	and	Human	Resources	performed	well,	

growing	in	the	year.	

In	the	Rest	of	Asia	the	performance	was	more	mixed.	In	Tokyo,	

which	is	yet	to	rollout	all	disciplines,	our	business	is	heavily	

dependent	on	the	banking	sector	and	has	had	a	difficult	year,	

but	remained	profitable.	In	China	we	continued	to	invest	and	

grow	our	business	opening	offices	in	Beijing	and	Shenzhen.	 

In	 Hong	 Kong	 and	 Singapore	 our	 businesses	 performed	

strongly	 until	 the	 fourth	 quarter	 when	 market	 confidence	

The	 more	 recently	 created	 Michael	 page	 Engineering	 &	

eroded	rapidly	and	activity	levels	reduced	sharply.

Manufacturing,	Michael	page	procurement	&	Supply	Chain	

and	 Michael	 page	 property	 &	 Construction	 businesses,	

grew	at	over	30%	and	together	now	represent	9%	of	UK	

gross	profit.	These	businesses	all	grew	gross	profit	in	2008,	 

with	 the	 growth	 in	 temporary	 placements	 exceeding	 the	

growth	in	permanent.	

9%

17%

24%

Uk GROSS PROfIt 2008

		-11%	Growth	

Finance	&	Accounting

			-1%	Growth	

Marketing,	Sales	and	Retail

50%

		-5%	Growth	

			+30%	Growth	

legal,	HR,	Technology, 
Secretarial	and	other

Engineering, 
property	&	Construction,	 
procurement	&	Supply	Chain

ANNUAl	REpoRT	2008

15

 
	
	
	
the Americas

Revenue	 for	 the	 region	 was	 32.3%	 higher	 at	 £69.3m	 

(2007:	 £52.4m)	 and	 gross	 profit	 increased	 by	 31.3%	 to	

£50.5m	(2007:	£38.4m).	The	reported	results	benefited	from	

Sterling’s	weakness,	using	constant	currency,	revenue	grew	

by	19.2%	and	gross	profit	grew	by	17.7%.	Headcount	in	the	

region	increased	from	543	at	the	start	of	the	year	and	peaked	

at	624	in	July.	As	the	effects	of	the	downturn	in	North	America	

became	 more	 severe	 and	 with	 the	 weakening	 spreading	

to	latin	America,	headcount	was	reduced	substantially	in	

the	second	half	and	ended	the	year	at	510.	As	a	result	of	

the	 slowing	 in	 activity	 levels,	 operating	 profit	 was	 14.0%	 

(30.4%	in	constant	currency)	lower	at	£5.3m	(2007:	£6.2m),	

with	a	conversion	rate	of	10.5%	(2007:	16.1%).

In	North	America,	we	opened	a	second	Canadian	office	in	

Montreal	at	the	start	of	the	year	and	continued	our	discipline	

diversification	in	our	US	offices,	reducing	our	dependency	on	

the	financial	services	sector.	In	latin	America	we	achieved	

strong	growth	in	Mexico	and	Brazil,	where	we	opened	a	

fifth	 office	 in	 Belo	 Horizonte.	 our	 business	 in	 Argentina,	 

which	opened	at	the	end	of	2007,	achieved	a	successful	

first	year	of	trading,	exceeding	our	expectations.	

placing	Marketing,	Sales	and	Retail	professionals	generates	

around	 19%	 of	 the	 Group’s	 gross	 profit.	 Revenue	

from	 these	 disciplines	 was	 18.0%	 higher	 at	 £140.6m	 

(2007:	£119.1m)	and	gross	profit	increased	by	15.6%	to	

£103.9m	(2007:	£89.9m),	using	constant	currency	revenue	

increased	 by	 9.2%	 and	 gross	 profit	 increased	 by	 6.5%.	

Marketing,	 the	 larger	 of	 these	 disciplines,	 achieved	 good	

growth	particularly	in	the	UK	from	temps	and	the	public	sector.	

Sales,	mainly	a	permanent	business,	achieved	good	growth	

particularly	in	Australia	and	Brazil	where	it	is	a	relatively	new	

discipline	focus.	Retail,	which	is	the	smaller	of	these	disciplines	

and	predominantly	permanent	rather	than	temporary,	had	a	

tough	year	reflecting	the	difficulties	in	the	sector.

legal,	Technology,	Human	Resources,	Secretarial	and	other	

disciplines	are	all	comparatively	small	with	the	largest	of	

the	disciplines	accounting	for	less	than	5%	of	Group	gross	

profit.	Revenue	from	these	disciplines	was	24.7%	higher	at	

£168.2m	(2007:	£134.9m)	and	gross	profit	increased	by	

26.2%	to	£93.2m	(2007:	£73.8m),	using	constant	currency	

revenue	increased	by	15.9%	and	gross	profit	increased	by	

16.8%.	 With	 the	 notable	 exception	 of	 legal	 recruitment	

which	was	severely	affected	by	the	financial	crisis	all	the	

remaining	disciplines	grew	well	off	a	smaller	base,	as	they	

Discipline development

were	rolled	out.

placing	people	in	Finance	and	Accounting	roles,	the	large	

The	 most	 recently	 established	 disciplines	 of	 Engineering,	

majority	of	which	are	professionally	qualified	accountants	

property	&	Construction	and	procurement	&	Supply	Chain	

into	 industry	 and	 commerce,	 generates	 around	 half	 of	

all	 grew	 rapidly,	 with	 the	 largest,	 Engineering	 accounting	

the	 Group’s	 gross	 profits.	 Revenue	 from	 Finance	 and	

for	almost	7%	of	Group	gross	profit.	Revenue	from	these	

Accounting	 placements	 was	 9.2%	 higher	 at	 £542.0m	 

disciplines	was	50.4%	higher	at	£122.0m	(2007:	£81.1m)	and	

(2007:	 £496.5m)	 and	 gross	 profit	 increased	 by	 5.5%	

gross	profit	increased	by	48.3%	to	£82.6m	(2007:	£55.7m),	

to	 £273.0m	 (2007:	 £258.7m),	 using	 constant	 currency,	

using	constant	currency	revenue	increased	by	35.2%	and	

revenue	increased	by	1.1%	and	gross	profit	reduced	by	

gross	profit	increased	by	32.5%.	These	higher	rates	of	growth	

3.0%.	The	reduction	in	gross	profit	is	largely	as	a	result	of	the	

reflect	the	benefit	from	rolling	out	new	disciplines	across	our	

financial	crisis	substantially	reducing	the	number	of	banking	

established	network	and	in	more	recently	launched	countries	

placements,	particularly	in	permanent	roles.	

such	as	the	United	Arab	Emirates.

39%

ASIA PACIfIC GROSS PROfIt 2008

		+12%	Growth	

Australia	and	New	Zealand

61%

			-4%	Growth	

Asia

Growth	rates	in	local	currency

16

michael page international

Outlook

We	have	made	significant	investments	over	the	past	few	

years,	organically	diversifying	our	business,	geographically	

and	 by	 discipline,	 where	 market	 opportunities	 exist	 and	

when	 we	 have	 a	 senior	 experienced	 member	 of	 the	

Michael	page	management	team	available	to	pursue	them.	

This	diversification	has	undoubtedly	benefited	the	Group’s	

performance	as	economies	around	the	world	have	slowed.	

Given	the	difficult	global	outlook,	we	have	limited	our	own	

investment	 and	 expansion	 plans	 and	 will	 aggressively	

manage	our	costs	to	reflect	activity	levels,	including	where	

possible	consolidating	offices	and	merging	teams.

Given	the	current	uncertainty	over	the	economic	outlook	

it	 is	 extremely	 difficult	 to	 predict	 the	 performance	 of	 our	

business	in	the	short	term.	We	have	an	exceptional	pool	

of	ambitious	and	talented	people	in	the	Group,	particularly	

at	the	senior	management	levels,	who	have	experience	of	

managing	these	businesses	through	periods	of	economic	

slowing	and	recession.	We	have	a	track	record	in	periods	

of	 economic	 slowdown	 of	 maintaining	 our	 infrastructure	

and	market	presence,	seeking	to	position	the	business	for	

strong	growth	when	economic	conditions	improve.	It	has	

always	been,	and	will	continue	to	be,	our	intention	to	take	

decisions	and	make	investments	for	the	longer-term	benefit	

of	our	stakeholders.	

Steve Ingham

Chief	Executive 

5	March	2009

“”

it hAS AlwAyS 
Been, And will 
continue to Be, ouR 
intention to tAke 
deciSionS And mAke 
inveStmentS foR 
the lonGeR-teRm 
Benefit of ouR 
StAkeholdeRS.

52%

tHE AMERICAS GROSS PROfIt 2008

		+1%	Growth	

North	America

			+40%	Growth	

latin	America

48%

Growth	rates	in	local	currency

ANNUAl	REpoRT	2008

17

financial

REVIEW

income statement

Revenue

reported  revenue  for  the  year  increased  by  17.0%  to 

£972.8m  (2007:  £831.6m).  revenue  benefited  from  the 

weakening of Sterling during the year, and using constant 

currencies,  revenue  increased  by  7.9%  to  £897.4m.  

as in previous economic slowdowns, permanent placement 

activity was affected earlier than temporary, with the latter 

being  more  resilient  to  slowing  activity  levels.  as  the  

economic  slowdown  spread  during  the  course  of  the 

year, this trend was reflected in revenue from temporary 

placements  increasing  by  19.4%  to  £524.4m  (2007: 

£439.1m),  representing  53.9%  (2007:  52.8%)  of  group 

revenue. revenue from permanent placements was £448.4m  

(2007: £392.6m), an increase of 14.2%.

Gross profit

gross profit for the year increased by 15.6% to £552.7m 

(2007: £478.1m). the reported gross margin also benefited 

from Sterling’s weakness, and using constant currencies, 

gross  profit  grew  by  5.8%  to  £505.7m.  the  group’s 

gross  margin  decreased  to  56.8%  (2007:  57.5%)  as 

the result of a slight shift in the mix of business between 

“”

the Group 
Generated net cash 
from operatinG 
activities of £185.2m

GROup quaRteRly 
GROSS pROfit tRend: 
q1 2001 tO q4 2008

140

120

100

)

m
£
(

t
i
f
o
r
P
s
s
o
r
G

80

60

40

6
.
9
6

9
.
6
6

7
.
8
5

9
.
9
4

4
.
1
5

5
.
9
4

8
.
7
4

9
.
3
4

0
.
5
4

0
.
5
4

7
.
5
4

8
.
2
4

9
.
9
5

7
.
6
5

5
.
3
5

3
.
2
5

1
.
8
4

2
.
8
2
1

4
.
3
2
1

0
.
1
2
1

4
.
2
5
1

3
.
1
4
1

3
.
0
4
1

7
.
8
1
1

0
.
9
8

0
.
9
8

0
.
7
8

0
.
5
8

5
.
5
0
1

1
.
3
9

1
.
9
8

4
.
7
8

2
.
9
7

3
.

8
6

2
.
9
6

2
.
0
7

20

Q1 Q2 Q3
2001

Q4

Q1 Q2 Q3
2002

Q4

Q1 Q2 Q3
2003

Q4

Q1 Q2 Q3
2004

Q4

Q1 Q2 Q3
2005

Q4

Q1 Q2

Q3
2006

Q4

Q1

Q2
Q3
2007

Q4

Q1

Q2
Q3
2008

Q4

Q1

Q4

Q2
Q3
2009

18

michael page international

 
 
 
financial

permanent	and	temporary	placements.	Gross	profit	from	

is	provided	by	the	number	of	assignments	we	are	working	

temporary	placements	grew	faster	at	19.7%	to	£127.0m	 

on,	the	number	of	candidates	we	have	at	interview	and	the	

(2007:	£106.1m)	and	represented	23.0%	(2007:	22.2%)	of	

stage	they	are	at	in	the	interview	process.	The	average	time	

Group	gross	profit.	The	gross	margin	achieved	on	temporary	

to	 complete	 a	 placement	 from	 taking	 on	 an	 assignment	

placements	was	maintained	at	24.2%	(2007:	24.2%).	Gross	

to	successfully	placing	a	candidate	tends	to	lengthen	in	a	

profits	from	permanent	placements	grew	at	a	slower	rate	than	

downturn,	reducing	productivity,	and	the	risk	of	the	candidate	

temporary	at	14.4%	to	£425.7m	(2007:	£372.0m)	with	the	

being	rejected	or	the	assignment	being	cancelled	increases,	

gross	margin	increasing	slightly	to	94.9%	(2007:	94.8%).

thereby	further	reducing	our	earnings	visibility.

Operating profit and conversion rates

In	a	downturn,	activity	levels	can	slow	quickly	and	revenue	

can	decline	even	faster	due	to	the	contingent	nature	of	a	

As	a	result	of	the	Group’s	organic	long-term	growth	strategy,	

large	proportion	of	our	placements.	The	main	opportunity	

tight	control	on	costs	and	profit-based	bonuses,	we	have	a	

for	reducing	our	own	cost	base	is	headcount,	but	these	

business	model	which	is	operationally	geared.	The	majority	of	

reductions	tend	to	lag	the	declines	in	revenue	due	to	the	

our	cost	base,	around	75%,	relates	to	our	staff	with	the	other	

shortening	 visibility.	 The	 majority	 of	 the	 initial	 reductions	

main	components	being	property	and	information	technology	

in	 our	 headcount	 occur	 through	 natural	 attrition,	 without	

costs.	With	a	strategy	of	organic	growth,	the	Group	incurs	

incurring	 significant	

restructuring	 charges,	 however,	 

start-up	costs	and	operating	losses	as	investments	are	made	

if	greater	reductions	become	necessary,	such	charges	may	

to	grow	existing	and	new	businesses,	open	new	offices	and	

be	incurred.

launch	 new	 countries.	 Furthermore,	 significant	 increases	

in	headcount	mean	that	it	takes	time	to	train	staff	before	

they	become	fully	productive.	These	characteristics	of	our	

growth	strategy	and	the	levels	of	investment	impact	on	the	

conversion	rates	in	any	one	reporting	period.

In	2008,	while	we	recorded	an	increase	in	gross	profit	of	

15.6%,	approximately	two-thirds	of	this	growth	was	due	

to	currency	movements.	As	very	few	of	our	transactions	

are	 cross	 border	 our	 costs	 are	 therefore	 impacted	 in	 a	

similar	 manner	 when	 translated	 and	 reported	 in	 Sterling.	 

Generally,	in	years	when	economic	conditions	are	benign,	

The	growth	we	achieved	in	gross	profits	was	mostly	achieved	

revenue	and	gross	profits	grow,	with	operating	profits	growing	

in	the	first	half	of	the	year,	with	headcount	and	infrastructure	

at	a	faster	rate	due	to	a	combination	of	higher	productivity,	

being	added	to	support	this	growth	and	to	develop	longer	

stronger	 pricing	 and	 greater	 utilisation	 of	 infrastructure.	 

term	opportunities.		The	increasingly	rapid	decline	in	activity	

In	order	to	grow	we	need	to	increase	our	headcount	and	

during	the	second	half,	with	lower	gross	profits	together	with	

ensure	that	we	have	infrastructure	to	house	and	support	them.	

a	lagged	reduction	in	headcount,	has	resulted	in	significantly	

When	economic	conditions	weaken	and	recruitment	activity	

reduced	operating	profits	in	the	second	half	of	the	year	of	

slows,	these	factors	work	in	reverse	and	are	compounded	

£55.6m,	compared	to	£84.9m	generated	in	the	first	half	of	

by	a	shortening	of	earnings	visibility.	

the	year.

The	majority	of	our	permanent	placement	activity	is	undertaken	

This	 gearing	 effect	 reduced	 the	 Group’s	 conversion	 rate	

on	a	contingent	basis	which	means	on	those	assignments	

for	the	year	to	25.4%	(2007:	31.3%).	The	movement	in	the	

we	only	generate	revenue	when	a	candidate	is	successfully	

conversion	 rates	 of	 the	 four	 regions	 reflects	 the	 different	

placed	in	a	role.	our	short-term	visibility	on	these	earnings	

timings	and	degrees	of	slowing	they	experienced,	with	the	

COnvERSIOn RAtES 
AftER SHARE BASED 
CHARGES

emeA
uk
Asia pacific
Americas
Group

2008
25.6
26.4
33.5
10.5
25.4

2007
32.1
31.9
36.4
16.1
31.3

t
fi
o
r
p
s
s
o
r
G

/
t
fi
o
r
p
g
n
i
t
a
r
e
p
o

40%

30%

20%

10%

0%

Conversion Rate (excl all share based charges)

Conversion Rate (incl share based charges)

1991 1992 1993 1994

1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

ANNUAl	REpoRT	2008

19

 
 
conversion	rate	in	the	Americas	remaining	the	lowest	due	

28.5%	due	to	disallowable	items	of	expenditure	and	profits	

to	the	greater	level	of	recent	new	investment	and	business	

being	generated	in	countries	where	the	corporate	tax	rates	are	

start-ups	and	with	North	America	being	the	hardest	hit	by	

higher	than	the	UK’s.	The	effective	rate	is	lower	than	in	2007	

the	crisis.

As	a	result	of	the	number	of	staff	and	office	start-up	costs	

added	in	the	first	half	of	the	year,	reported	administrative	

expenses	 in	 the	 year	 increased	 by	 25.4%	 to	 £412.2m	 

primarily	as	a	result	of	the	UK	corporation	tax	rate	reducing	

from	30%	to	28%	in	April	2008.	

Share repurchases and share options

(2007:	 £328.7m).	 This	 increase	 is	 also	 partly	 due	 to	 the	

It	is	the	Group’s	intention	to	continue	to	use	share	repurchases	

movements	in	currencies,	using	constant	currencies	they	

to	return	surplus	cash	to	shareholders	and	to	satisfy	awards	

increased	 by	 14.8%	 to	 £377.2m.	 While	 no	 significant	

under	the	Group’s	incentive	share	plan	and	deferred	annual	

restructuring	charges	were	incurred	in	reducing	headcount	

bonus	plan.	Reflecting	the	more	cautious	approach	to	the	

by	over	10%	in	the	second	half	of	the	year,	they	have	been	

Group’s	funding	position,	7.2m	shares	were	repurchased	

more	 than	 offset	 by	 £4.8m	 of	 foreign	 exchange	 gains.	

at	a	cost	of	£16.8m.	6.7m	of	these	shares	were	cancelled,	 

Administrative	 expenses	 also	 included	 £6.9m	 of	 share-

with	 the	 remaining	 shares	 purchased	 by	 the	 Group’s	 

based	 charges	 (2007:	 £7.2m)	 in	 respect	 of	 the	 Group’s	

employee	benefit	trust	to	satisfy	future	share	plans	awards.

deferred	annual	bonus	scheme,	long-term	incentive	plans	

and	executive	share	option	schemes.	The	slight	reduction	

in	 these	 share-based	 charges,	 is	 due	 to	 a	 combination	

of	lower	employers’	social	charges	as	a	consequence	of	

the	reduction	in	the	share	price	from	288.0p	at	the	end	of	

2007,	to	214.75p	at	the	end	of	2008	and	amendments	to	

assumptions	on	the	likelihood	of	awards	vesting.

net interest

The	 Group	 has	 a	 net	 interest	 charge	 for	 the	 year	 of	 

£0.4m	(2007:	£2.0m).	As	the	financial	crisis	deepened	and	 

the	 economic	 outlook	 deteriorated,	 we	 adopted	 an	

increasingly	 cautious	 approach	 to	 the	 Group’s	 funding	

position.	The	reduction	in	the	net	interest	charge	for	the	

year	 reflects	 the	 strengthening	 of	 the	 Group’s	 financial	

At	the	beginning	of	2008,	the	Group	had	11.1m	share	options	

outstanding	of	which	3.1m	had	vested.	In	March	2008,	3.1m	

share	options	were	granted.	During	the	course	of	the	year	

options	were	exercised	over	1.3m	shares,	generating	£2.2m	

in	cash	and	0.8m	share	options	lapsed.	At	the	end	of	2008,	

12.2m	share	options	remained	outstanding	of	which	4.0m	

had	vested.

Earnings per share and dividends 

In	2008,	basic	earnings	per	share	were	30.3p	(2007:	31.1p)	

and	diluted	earnings	per	share	were	29.9p	(2007:	30.6p).	The	

weighted	average	number	of	shares	for	the	year	was	321.5m	

(2007:	327.5m)	reflecting	the	shares	repurchased	during	the	

year	and	the	new	shares	issued	to	satisfy	option	exercises.	

position	partly	offset	by	lower	returns	on	cash	as	interest	

A	final	dividend	of	5.12p	(2007:	5.6p)	per	ordinary	share	is	

rates	reduced.

taxation

proposed	which,	together	with	the	interim	dividend	of	2.88p	

(2007:	2.4p)	per	ordinary	share,	makes	an	unchanged	total	

dividend	for	the	year	of	8.0p	(2007:	8.0p)	per	ordinary	share.	

Tax	on	profits	was	£42.7m	(2007:	£45.7m),	representing	an	

The	 proposed	 final	 dividend,	 which	 amounts	 to	 £16.3m,	 

effective	tax	rate	of	30.5%	(2007:	31.0%).	The	rate	is	higher	

will	be	paid	on	8	June	2009	to	those	shareholders	on	the	

than	the	effective	UK	Corporation	Tax	rate	for	the	year	of	

register	as	at	8	May	2009.

fee 

earners offices* countries

2,774

108

28

880

81

10

*In	some	locations	offices	are	shared.	

20

michael page international

Balance sheet

Cash flow

The	Group	had	net	assets	of	£210.7m	at	31	December	2008	

At	the	start	of	the	year,	the	Group	had	net	cash	being	cash	and	

(2007:	£107.9m).	The	increase	in	net	assets	principally	relates	

cash	equivalents	less	bank	overdrafts	and	loans	of	£10.3m.	

to	the	profit	for	the	year	of	£97.3m,	currency	movements	of	

£40.1m,	the	credits	relating	to	share	schemes	of	£7.3m	and	

cash	received	from	the	exercise	of	share	options	of	£2.2m,	

offset	by	share	repurchases	of	£16.8m	and	dividends	paid	

of	£27.3m.	

our	capital	expenditure	is	driven	primarily	by	two	main	factors	

being	 headcount,	 in	 terms	 of	 office	 accommodation	 and	

infrastructure	and	the	development	and	maintenance	of	our	

IT	systems.	The	project	to	replace	our	current	recruitment	IT	

During	the	year,	the	Group	generated	net	cash	from	operating	

activities	 of	 £185.2m	 (2007:	 £148.7m),	 being	 £151.4m	 

(2007:	£157.2m)	of	EBITDA,	£6.7m	(2007:	£6.8m)	of	share	

scheme	non	cash	charges	and	a	reduction	in	working	capital	

requirements	of	£27.1m	(2007:	increase	of	£15.1m).	

The	principal	payments	were:

•	 	£26.4m	 (2007:	 £12.8m)	 of	 capital	 expenditure,	 net	 of	

disposal	proceeds,	on	property,	infrastructure,	information	

system	with	the	next	generation	is	progressing	well	and	we	

systems	and	motor	vehicles;

anticipate	that	the	first	full	implementations	will	take	place	 

•	 taxes	on	profits	of	£53.4m	(2007:	£36.5m);

later	this	year	with	the	roll	out	continuing	throughout	2010	

in	 order	 to	 mitigate	 the	 implementation	 risks.	 Capital	

expenditure,	net	of	disposal	proceeds,	increased	to	£26.4m	 

•	 dividends	of	£27.3m	(2007:	£21.8m);	and

•	 share	repurchases	of	£16.8m	(2007:	£74.9m).

(2007:	 £12.8m)	 reflecting	 the	 increase	 in	 headcount,	 the	

£2.2m	(2007:	£8.7m)	was	received	in	the	year	from	the	issue	

opening	 and	 expansion	 of	 a	 number	 of	 offices	 and	 the	

of	new	shares	to	satisfy	share	option	exercises.

investment	in	new	systems.

With	cash	being	generated	outside	the	UK	and	the	weakness	

The	 most	 significant	 items	 in	 the	 balance	 sheet	 is	 trade	

of	Sterling,	particularly	at	the	end	of	2008,	£21.4m	(2007:	

receivables,	which	were	£168.4m	at	31	December	2008	

£4.0m)	of	exchange	gains	were	recorded	in	the	year.

(2007:	£160.9m).	While	the	reported	trade	receivables	has	

increased	from	the	amount	reported	at	the	end	of	2007	this	

increase	is	due	to	the	movement	in	exchange	rates	during	

the	year.	Restating	the	trade	receivables	at	the	end	of	2007	

using	exchange	rates	at	the	end	of	2008	results	in	£192.5m	

of	 trade	 receivables.	 The	 reduction	 in	 trade	 receivables	

on	a	constant	currency	basis	reflects	the	reduced	activity,	

particularly	in	the	fourth	quarter	of	2008,	and	an	improvement	

At	31	December	2008,	the	Group	had	net	cash	of	£94.3m.	

net cash and Group borrowing facilities

At	31	December	2008,	the	Group	had	net	cash	of	£94.3m	

(2007:	£10.3m).	The	net	cash	position	comprised	gross	cash	

deposits	of	£157.0m	with	12	separate	banks.	£62.7m	was	

legally	offset	directly	against	borrowings	in	the	ABN	Amro	

in	debtor	days.	Despite	a	higher	proportion	of	Revenue	being	

cash	pool.

generated	outside	the	UK,	where	our	debtor	days	tend	to	

be	higher	than	in	the	UK,	Group	debtor	days	reduced	to	56	 

(2007:	58	days).	

The	Group	has	a	364	day	£50m	multi-currency	committed	

borrowing	 facility	 that	 expires	 at	 the	 end	 of	 May	 2009.	 

This	facility	has	an	option	that	would	allow	the	Group	to	draw	

down	all	or	part	of	the	facility	during	May	2009	for	a	term	

expiring	in	May	2011.

nEw COUntRIES 2008

Turkey

Austria

New	Zealand

ExIStInG COUntRIES

ANNUAl	REpoRT	2008

21

key Performance Indicators (“kPIs”)

Financial	and	non-financial	key	performance	indicators	(KpIs)	used	by	the	Board	to	monitor	progress	are	listed	in	the	table	below.	

The	source	of	data	and	calculation	methods	year-on-year	are	on	a	consistent	basis.	

kpi

2008

2007

definition, method of calculation and analysis

Gross	margin

56.8%

57.5% Gross	profit	as	a	percentage	of	revenue.	Gross	margin	reduced	slightly	from	 

last	year	as	a	result	of	the	mix	of	permanent	and	temporary	placements.	 

Source:	Consolidated	income	statement	in	the	financial	statements.

Conversion

25.4%

31.3% operating	profit	as	a	percentage	of	gross	profit	showing	the	Group’s	effectiveness	

at	controlling	the	costs	and	expenses	associated	with	its	normal	business	

operations	and	the	level	of	investment	for	the	future.	Conversion	declined	

compared	to	last	year	reflecting	the	impact	of	the	economic	slowdown	on	

demand	for	the	Group’s	services,	lower	productivity	and	the	lag	in	headcount	

reductions.	Source:	Consolidated	income	statement	in	the	financial	statements.

productivity 

£136.2k

£144.2k Represents	how	productive	fee	earners	are	in	the	business	and	is	calculated	by	

(gross	profit	

per	fee	earner)

dividing	the	gross	profit	for	the	year	by	the	average	number	of	fee	earners	and	

directors.	The	higher	the	number,	the	higher	their	productivity.	productivity	is	a	

function	of	the	rate	of	investment	in	new	fee	earners,	the	impact	of	pricing	and	

the	general	conditions	of	the	recruitment	market.	The	reduction	in	productivity	

this	year	is	as	a	result	of	the	general	deterioration	in	market	conditions.	 

Source:	Consolidated	financial	statements.

Fee	earner:	

74:26

76:24

Represents	the	balance	between	operational	and	non-operational	staff.	 

support	staff	

ratio	

The	movement	this	year	demonstrates	a	larger	reduction	in	fee	earners	in	 

relation	to	support	staff.	Source:	Internal	data.

Debtor	days

56

58

Represents	the	length	of	time	the	company	receive	payments	from	its	debtors.	

Calculated	by	comparing	how	many	days’	billings	it	takes	to	cover	the	debtor	

balance.	Source:	Internal	data.

The	movement	in	KpI’s	are	in	line	with	expectations	set	out	in	the	discussion	on	operating	profit	and	conversion	rates	in	the	

financial	review.	The	ratio	of	fee	earners	to	support	staff	at	the	end	of	2008	has	reduced	from	the	level	at	the	end	of	2007.	This	ratio	

improves	when	Group	grows	and	headcount	increases	but	tends	to	decline	when	Group	headcount	reduces	as	the	infrastructure	

staff	to	support	a	higher	number	of	teams,	offices	and	countries	cannot	be	flexed	as	quickly	as	fee	generating	staff.

HEADCOUnt tREnD

  	Fee	Earners

 	Non	Fee	Earners

4500

4000

3500

3000

2500

2000

1500

1000

500

H1
1999

H2
1999

H1
2000

H2
2000

H1
2001

H2
2001

H1
2002

H2
2002

H1
2003

H2
2003

H1
2004

H2
2004

H1
2005

H2
2005

H1
2006

H2
2006

H1
2007

H2
2007

H1
2008

H2
2008

Ratio 
fee earners  :  non fee earners

1999

2000

2001

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

59:41

58:42

57:43

58:42

60:40

64:36

71:29

74:26

76:24

74:26

22

michael page international

Going concern

The	Board	has	undertaken	a	recent	and	thorough	review	of	the	Group’s	budget,	forecasts	and	associated	risks	and	sensitivities.	

Despite	the	significant	uncertainty	in	the	economy	and	its	inherent	risk	and	impact	on	the	business,	the	Board	has	concluded,	

given	the	level	of	cash	in	the	business,	the	geographical	and	discipline	diversification,	limited	concentration	risk,	as	well	as	the	

ability	to	manage	the	cost	base,	that	the	Group	has	adequate	resources	to	continue	in	operational	existence	for	the	foreseeable	

future,	being	a	period	of	at	least	twelve-months	from	the	date	of	approval	of	accounts.	As	a	result,	the	going	concern	basis	

continues	to	be	appropriate	in	preparing	the	financial	statements.	For	further	details	on	going	concern	refer	to	page	39.

foreign exchange

The	Group	operates	in	28	countries	around	the	world	and	carries	out	transactions	that	are	recorded	in	seventeen	local	currencies.	

The	Group	reports	its	Income	Statement	and	Cash	Flow	Statement	results	in	pounds	Sterling	using	the	average	exchange	rate	

for	each	month	to	translate	the	local	currency	amounts	into	Sterling.	The	Balance	Sheet	is	translated	using	the	exchange	rates	

at	the	Balance	Sheet	date.

As	a	service	company,	most	of	the	Group’s	transactions	are	within	the	territory	in	which	the	local	business	operates	and	

consequently	there	are	few	cross-border	transactions	between	Group	companies.	However,	royalties	are	charged	for	the	use	

of	the	Group’s	trademarks	and	management	fees	are	charged	for	Group	and	regional	functions	that	provide	services	to	other	

Group	subsidiary	companies.	Foreign	exchange	gains	and	losses	are	recognised	in	accordance	with	IFRS	on	the	settlement	of	

these	transactions	where	the	cash	received	when	converted	into	Sterling	differs	from	the	amounts	previously	recorded	in	the	

Income	Statement.	These	exchange	gains	and	losses	are	included	within	operating	profit.

The	table	below	shows	the	relative	movements	of	the	Group’s	main	trading	currencies	against	pounds	Sterling	during	2008,	

when	compared	to	those	prevalent	during	2007.	In	all	cases,	Sterling	has	weakened	against	these	main	trading	currencies.

currency

Euro

Swiss	Franc

Brazilian	Real

US	Dollar

Australian	Dollar

Japanese	Yen

movement in the average exchange 

movement in the year end exchange 

rate used for income Statement 

rate used for Balance Sheet translation 

translation between 2007 and 2008

between 2007 and 2008

-14%

-18%

-14%

-8%

-9%

-19%

-24%

-32%

-5%

-28%

-9%

-41%

HEADCOUnt: REACtInG tO MARkEt COnDItIOnS

t
n
u
o
c
d
a
e
H
n

i

e
g
n
a
h
C

200

150

100

50

0

(50)

(100)

(150)

(200)

(250)

EMEA

UK

Asia Pacific

Americas

ANNUAl	REpoRT	2008

 		Q1
 		Q2
 		Q3
 		Q4
 		Jan/Feb	2009

23

 
 
treasury management and currency risk

Principal risks and uncertainties

It	is	the	Directors’	intention	to	continue	to	finance	the	activities	

The	 management	 of	 the	 business	 and	 the	 execution	 of	

and	development	of	the	Group	from	retained	earnings,	and	

the	 Group’s	 strategy	 are	 subject	 to	 a	 number	 of	 risks.	 

to	operate	the	Group’s	business	while	maintaining	a	strong	

The	following	section	comprises	a	summary	of	the	main	

balance	 sheet	 position.	 In	 a	 generally	 benign	 economic	

risks	Michael	page	International	plc	believes	could	potentially	

environment	 this	 equates	 to	 maintaining	 the	 Group’s	 net	

impact	the	Group’s	operating	and	financial	performance.

cash/debt	position	within	a	relatively	narrow	band,	with	cash	

generated	in	excess	of	these	requirements	being	used	to	buy	

people

back	the	Group’s	shares.	In	an	economic	downturn	a	more	

The	resignation	of	key	individuals	and	the	inability	to	recruit	

cautious	funding	position	is	adopted	with	the	Group	being	

talented	 people	 with	 the	 right	 skill-sets	 could	 adversely	

managed	in	a	net	cash	position.

Cash	surpluses	are	invested	in	short-term	deposits,	with	

any	 working	 capital	 requirements	 being	 provided	 from	

Group	cash	resources,	Group	facilities,	or	by	local	overdraft	

facilities.	The	Group	has	a	multi-currency	notional	cash	pool	

between	 the	 Euro	 zone	 subsidiaries	 and	 the	 UK-based	

Group	Treasury	subsidiary.	The	structure	facilitates	interest	

and	balance	compensation	of	cash	and	bank	overdrafts.	 

It	is	the	intention	to	extend	the	scope	of	the	participation	to	

other	Group	companies.

The	main	functional	currencies	of	the	Group	are	Sterling,	

Euro	and	Australian	Dollar.	The	Group	does	not	have	material	

transactional	 currency	 exposures,	 nor	 is	 there	 a	 material	

exposure	 to	 foreign	 denominated	 monetary	 assets	 and	

liabilities.	The	Group	is	exposed	to	foreign	currency	translation	

differences	 in	 accounting	 for	 its	 overseas	 operations.	 

our	policy	is	not	to	hedge	this	exposure.

In	certain	cases,	where	the	Group	gives	or	receives	short-

term	loans	to	and	from	other	Group	companies	with	different	

reporting	 currencies,	 it	 may	 use	 foreign	 exchange	 swap	

derivative	financial	instruments	to	manage	the	currency	and	

interest	rate	exposure	that	arises	on	these	loans.	It	is	the	

Group’s	policy	not	to	seek	to	designate	these	derivatives	

as	hedges.

affect	the	Group’s	results.	This	is	further	compounded	by	

the	Group’s	organic	growth	strategy	and	its	policy	of	not	

externally	hiring	senior	operational	positions.	Mitigation	of	

this	risk	is	achieved	by	succession	planning,	training	of	staff,	

competitive	pay	structures	and	share	plans	linked	to	the	

Group’s	results	and	career	progression.

macro economic environment

Recruitment	activity	is	largely	driven	by	economic	cycles	

and	the	levels	of	business	confidence.	The	Board	look	to	

reduce	the	Group’s	cyclical	risk	by	expanding	geographically,	

by	increasing	the	number	of	disciplines,	by	building	part-

qualified	and	clerical	businesses	and	by	continuing	to	build	

the	temporary	business.

A	substantial	portion	of	the	Group’s	gross	profit	arises	from	

fees	which	are	contingent	upon	the	successful	placement	of	

a	candidate	in	a	position.	If	a	client	cancels	the	assignment	at	

any	stage	in	the	process	the	Group	receives	no	remuneration.	

As	a	consequence	the	Group’s	visibility	of	gross	profits	is	

generally	quite	short	and	reduces	further	during	periods	of	

economic	downturn	as	currently	being	experienced.

24

michael page international

Competition

technology

The	 degree	 of	 competition	 varies	 in	 each	 of	 the	 Group’s	

The	Group	is	reliant	on	a	number	of	technology	systems	to	

main	regions.	In	the	UK,	Australia	and	North	America,	the	

provide	services	to	clients	and	candidates.	These	systems	are	

recruitment	 market	 is	 well	 developed,	 highly	 competitive	

dependent	on	a	number	of	important	suppliers	that	provide	

and	fragmented.	The	characteristics	of	a	developed	market	

the	technology	infrastructure	and	disaster	recovery	solutions.	 

are	greater	competition	for	clients	and	candidates,	as	well	

The	performance	of	these	suppliers	are	continually	monitored	

as	pricing	pressure.	In	EMEA,	latin	America	and	Asia,	the	

to	ensure	business	critical	services	are	available	and	maintained	

recruitment	market	is	generally	less	developed	with	a	large	

as	far	as	practically	possible.	Due	to	the	rapid	advancement	

proportion	of	all	recruitment	being	carried	out	by	companies’	

of	technology,	there	is	a	risk	that	systems	could	become	

internal	resources	rather	than	through	recruitment	specialists.	

outdated	with	the	potential	to	affect	efficiency	and	have	an	

This	is	changing	due	to	changes	in	legislation,	increasing	job	

impact	on	revenue	and	client	service.	This	risk	is	mitigated	by	

mobility	and	the	difficulty	internal	resources	face	in	sourcing	

regular	reviews	of	the	Group’s	technology	strategy	to	ensure	

suitably	qualified	candidates	and	managing	compliance.	

that	it	supports	the	overall	Group	strategy.

If	the	Group	does	not	continue	to	compete	in	its	markets	

legal

effectively,	by	hiring	new	staff,	opening	and	expanding	offices	

and	continuing	the	discipline	roll-outs,	there	is	a	risk	that	

competitors	 may	 beat	 us	 to	 key	 strategic	 opportunities,	

which	may	result	in	lost	business	and	a	reduction	in	market	

share.	This	risk	is	mitigated	by	meetings	of	the	Main	Board,	

Executive	Board	and	Regional	and	Country	Management	

Boards	where	Group	strategy	is	continually	reviewed	and	

decisions	made	over	the	allocation	of	the	Group’s	resources,	

principally	people.

The	Group	operates	in	a	large	number	of	jurisdictions	which	

have	varying	legal	and	compliance	regulations.	The	Group	

takes	its	responsibilities	seriously	and	ensures	that	its	policies,	

systems	and	procedures	are	continually	updated	to	reflect	

best	practice	and	to	comply	with	the	legal	requirements	in	

all	the	markets	in	which	it	operates.	In	order	to	reduce	the	

legal	and	compliance	risks,	fee	earners	and	support	staff	

receive	regular	training	and	updates	of	changes	in	legal	and	

compliance	requirements.

Stephen Puckett

Group	Finance	Director 

5	March	2009

ANNUAl	REpoRT	2008

25

Board

OF DiRECTORS

Sir Adrian Montague CBE (61)
non-executive Chairman

Sir	Adrian	Montague	is	Non-Executive	Chairman	of	Friends	 
provident	 plc	 and	 of	 CellMark	 AB,	 the	 international	
forest	 products	 marketing	 group	 based	 in	 Gothenburg.	 
From	1997	to	2001,	he	held	senior	posts	concerned	with	
the	 implementation	 of	 the	 Government’s	 policies	 for	 the	
involvement	of	the	private	sector	in	the	delivery	of	public	
services,	first	as	Chief	Executive	of	the	Treasury	Taskforce	
and	 then	 as	 Deputy	 Chairman	 of	 partnerships	 UK	 plc.	 
He	was	Deputy	Chairman	of	Network	Rail	from	2001	to	
2004,	Non-Executive	Chairman	of	Cross	london	Rail	links	
limited	from	2004	to	2005	and	Chairman	of	British	Energy	
from	2002	to	2009.	He	spent	his	early	career	as	a	solicitor	
with	linklaters	&	paines	before	joining	Kleinwort	Benson	in	
1994.	Sir	Adrian	is	also	a	Non-Executive	Director	of	london	
First,	a	Director	of	Skanska	AB,	the	Swedish	international	
construction	 group,	 and	 a	 Trustee	 of	 The	 Historic	 Royal	
palaces.	He	was	awarded	a	CBE	in	2001	and	a	knighthood	in	
2006.	He	is	also	Chairman	of	the	Nomination	Committee.

Steve Ingham (46)
Chief executive

Steve	Ingham	joined	Michael	page	in	1987	as	a	consultant	
with	Michael	page	Marketing	and	Sales.	He	was	responsible	
for	setting	up	the	london	marketing	and	sales	businesses	
and	was	promoted	to	operating	Director	in	1990.	He	was	
appointed	Managing	Director	of	Michael	page	Marketing	and	
Sales	in	1994.	Subsequently	he	took	additional	responsibility	
for	Michael	page’s	Retail,	Technology,	Human	Resources	
and	Engineering	businesses.	He	was	promoted	to	the	Board	
as	Executive	Director	of	UK	operations	in	January	2001,	
and	subsequently	to	Managing	Director	of	UK	operations	
in	May	2005.	He	was	appointed	Chief	Executive	on	6	April	
2006.	Steve	is	also	a	member	of	the	Great	ormond	Street	
Hospital’s	Corporate	partnership	Board.

Stephen Box (58)
independent non-executive director,  
senior independent director

Stephen	Box	is	a	Chartered	Accountant	who	spent	more	
than	 25	 years	 at	 Coopers	 &	 lybrand,	 15	 of	 these	 as	 a	
partner.	 From	 August	 1997	 to	 November	 2002	 he	 was	
Finance	Director	of	National	Grid.	He	is	a	Non-Executive	
Director	of	partyGaming	plc	(pG),	Thames	Water	Utilities	
ltd	 (TWUl)	 and	 Wales	 &	 West	 Utilities	 ltd	 (WWU).	 He	
was	appointed	a	Non-Executive	Director	of	Michael	page	
International	plc	on	27	February	2001.	He	is	a	member	of	
the	Audit,	Remuneration	and	Nomination	Committees.

Charles-Henri Dumon (50)
managing director – Continental europe and  
the Americas

Charles-Henri	 Dumon	 joined	 Michael	 page	 in	 1985	 and	
was	appointed	a	Director	in	1987.	Since	then	he	has	had	
full	responsibility	for	the	Group’s	operations	in	France	and	 
has	managed	the	Group’s	entry	into	Southern	Europe	and	
South	America.	He	was	appointed	Managing	Director	for	all	
Michael	page’s	European	and	South	American	businesses	in	
January	2001.	His	responsibilities	were	increased	to	include	
North	America	in	January	2006.

Ruby McGregor-Smith (46)
independent non-executive director

Ruby	McGregor-Smith	qualified	as	a	Chartered	Accountant	
with	BDo	Stoy	Hayward	and	was	appointed	to	the	Board	of	
Michael	page	International	plc	on	23	May	2007.	She	is	Chief	
Executive	of	MITIE	Group	plC,	a	position	she	has	held	since	
March	2007.	previously	to	being	appointed	Chief	Executive,	
she	held	the	positions	of	Group	Finance	Director	and	then	
Chief	operating	officer.	prior	to	joining	MITIE	Group	plC,	 
she	held	a	range	of	senior	roles	within	the	support	services	
sector,	primarily	at	Serco	Group	plc.	She	is	Chairman	of	the	
Audit	Committee	and	a	member	of	the	Remuneration	and	
Nomination	Committees.

26

michael page international

Dr tim Miller (51)
independent non-executive director

Dr	Tim	Miller	was	appointed	to	the	Board	on	15	August	2005	
and	 became	 Chairman	 of	 the	 Remuneration	 Committee	
on	16	September	2005.	He	is	also	a	member	of	the	Audit	
and	 Nomination	 Committees.	 Tim	 has	 wide	 experience	
in	human	resources	and	has	held	a	number	of	senior	HR	
and	 business	 roles	 in	 the	 information	 technology,	 retail	 
and	pharmaceutical	sectors.	He	is	currently	a	Director	of	
Standard	Chartered	Bank	(“Bank”),	joining	in	May	2000	as	
Group	Head	of	Human	Resources	(HR)	and	was	appointed	
a	Director	of	the	Bank	in	December	2004.	In	addition	to	
his	 responsibilities	 at	 the	 Bank,	 Tim	 is	 a	 member	 of	 the	
ifs	Board	of	Governors	and	Vice	president,	organisation	
and	Resourcing	at	the	Chartered	Institute	of	personnel	and	
Development	(CIpD).	Tim	was	appointed	Non-Executive	
Chairman	of	SC	First	Bank	(Korea)	limited	in	September	
2007	with	responsibility	for	governance	in	Korea.

Stephen Puckett (47)
Group finance director

Stephen	puckett	qualified	as	a	Chartered	Accountant	with	
BDo	Binder	Hamlyn.	He	joined	Wace	Group	plc	in	1988	as	
Director	of	Corporate	Finance,	subsequently	being	promoted	
to	Group	Finance	Director	in	1991.	He	was	Group	Finance	
Director	 of	 Stat	 plus	 Group	 plc	 in	 2000,	 and	 appointed	
Group	Finance	Director	of	Michael	page	International	plc	
in	January	2001.	He	was	a	Non-Executive	Director	of	SHl	
Group	plc	from	2004	to	2006.

Hubert Reid (68)
independent non-executive director

Hubert	Reid	is	Chairman	of	Enterprise	Inns	plc	and	of	the	
Midas	Income	and	Growth	Trust	plC	and	Deputy	Chairman	
of	Majedie	Investments	plC.	He	was	previously	Managing	
Director	 and	 then	 Chairman	 of	 the	 Boddington	 Group	
plc,	and	a	Non-Executive	Director	and	then	Chairman	of	
Ibstock	plc,	Bryant	Group	plc	and	the	Royal	london	Group.	 
He	was	appointed	a	Non-Executive	Director	of	Michael	page	
International	plc	on	25	February	2003.	He	is	a	member	of	the	
Audit,	Remuneration	and	Nomination	Committees.

ExECUtIvE BOARD

In	 addition	 to	 the	 Executive	 Directors,	 the	 Executive	
Board	comprises	Alexis	de	Bretteville	(Regional	Managing	
Director	-	The	Americas),	Christophe	Duchatellier	(Regional	
Managing	Director	-	Europe	(excluding	France),	Gary	James	
(Regional	 Managing	 Director	 -	 Asia	 pacific)	 and	 Andrew	
Wayland	(Chief	Information	officer).

Alexis de Bretteville (46)
Regional managing director – the Americas

Alexis	 de	 Bretteville	 joined	 Michael	 page	 in	 1993	 as	 a	
Consultant	 in	 paris,	 France.	 In	 1997	 he	 was	 appointed	
Managing	Director	of	Michael	page	Spain,	launching	Spain,	
portugal	and	later,	Brazil.	In	2002	he	moved	to	Germany,	
taking	on	responsibility	for	Germany,	Belgium	and	Sweden.	
In	2004	he	moved	to	Belgium	when	his	responsibilities	also	
included	Holland	and	the	launch	of	poland	in	2005.	In	2006	
he	became	Regional	Managing	Director	for	the	Americas,	
based	in	New	York,	having	responsibility	for	Michael	page	in	
USA,	Canada,	Brazil,	Mexico	and	most	recently	Argentina.

Christophe Duchatellier (46)
Regional managing director – Continental europe 
(excluding france)

Christophe	 Duchatellier	 joined	 Michael	 page	 in	 1992	 as	
a	 Consultant	 in	 paris.	 He	 progressed	 to	 Director	 having	
launched	the	Michael	page	Secretarial	business	in	France.	
In	 1997	 he	 moved	 to	 Milan,	 Italy	 and	 launched	 Michael	
page	Italy	and	in	2001	Michael	page	Switzerland.	In	2002	
he	assumed	responsibility	as	Regional	Managing	Director	
for	Spain	and	portugal.	In	2006	he	moved	to	Geneva	and	
assumed	additional	responsibility	for	Northern,	Central	and	
Eastern	Europe,	also	assisting	with	the	launch	of	Michael	
page	Russia,	2006	and	Michael	page	luxembourg,	2007.

Gary James (47)
Regional managing director – Asia pacific

Gary	 James	 joined	 Michael	 page	 Finance	 in	 london	 in	
1984.	He	was	appointed	Director	of	Michael	page	Sales	
&	Marketing	in	1994,	Managing	Director	of	Michael	page	
Marketing	in	1997	and	transferred	to	America	in	2002	as	
Managing	Director	of	North	America.	He	moved	to	Australia	
and	was	appointed	Managing	Director	of	the	Asia	pacific	
region	in	August	2006.

Andrew wayland (42)
Chief information officer

Andrew	 Wayland	 was	 the	 UK	 IT	 Business	 Management	
Director	of	pricewaterhouseCoopers	where	he	worked	for	
over	10	years	in	the	internal	IT	functions.	He	brings	extensive	
experience	 in	 establishing	 IT	 strategy	 and	 innovation	
to	 support	 the	 wider	 business	 strategy,	 and	 integrating	
technology	 teams.	 He	 was	 appointed	 Chief	 Information	
officer	of	Michael	page	in	December	2005.

ANNUAl	REpoRT	2008

27

Directors’

REPORT

Principal activity and review of the business and 

provisions	of	the	Company’s	share	schemes	and	plans	may	

future developments

cause	options	and	awards	granted	to	employees	under	such	

The	Group	is	one	of	the	world’s	leading	specialist	recruitment	

consultancies.	The	Group’s	trading	results	are	set	out	in	the	

financial	statements	on	pages	50	to	81.	Details	of	the	Group’s	

strategy,	outlook	and	review	of	operations	are	described	in	

the	Chairman’s	Statement,	operational	Review	and	Financial	

schemes	and	plans	to	vest	on	a	takeover.

Directors and interests

The	following	were	Directors	during	the	year	and	held	office	

throughout	the	year	other	than	as	shown	below.

Review	on	pages	10	to	25.

Enhanced Business Review

•	 Sir	Adrian	Montague	CBE‡	(Chairman)

•	 Steve	Ingham	(Chief	Executive)

•	 Stephen	Box‡*

The	Company	is	required	to	set	out	in	this	report	a	fair	review	

•	 Charles-Henri	Dumon

of	the	business	of	the	Group	during	the	financial	year	ended	

•	 Ruby	McGregor-Smith‡

31	December	2008	and	of	the	position	of	the	Group	at	the	

•	 Dr	Tim	Miller‡

end	of	that	financial	year,	together	with	a	description	of	the	

•	 Stephen	puckett

principal	risks	and	uncertainties	facing	the	Group	(known	as	

•	 Hubert	Reid‡ 

an	Enhanced	Business	Review).

‡	Non-Executive	Directors 

The	information	that	fulfils	the	requirements	of	this	Review	can	

*	Senior	Independent	Director

be	found	in	the	following	sections	of	the	Annual	Report:

In	accordance	with	the	Company’s	Articles	of	Association,	 

operational	review	

Strategy	

pages	12	to	17

Stephen	puckett	and	Hubert	Reid	will	retire	by	rotation	at	the	

pages	4	to	9

Annual	General	Meeting	and,	being	eligible,	offer	themselves	

Key	performance	indicators	

page	22

for	re-election.	The	Senior	Non-Executive	Director,	Stephen	

pages	11	and	17

Box	will	retire	during	2009.

Future	outlook	

Risks	and	uncertainties	

Financial	review	

Corporate	responsibility	

Significant agreements

pages	24	and	25

pages	18	to	25

pages	29	to	33

There	are	certain	agreements	to	which	the	Company	is	party	

that	take	effect,	alter	or	terminate	upon	a	change	of	control	

of	the	Company	following	a	takeover	bid.

Details	 of	 the	 significant	 agreements	 of	 this	 kind	 are	 as	

follows:

Biographical	details	for	all	the	current	Directors	are	shown	

on	pages	26	and	27.

The	beneficial	interests	of	Directors	in	office	at	31	December	

2008	in	the	shares	of	the	Company	at	31	December	2008	

and	at	5	March	2009	are	set	out	in	the	Remuneration	Report	

on	pages	40	to	47.

All	of	the	Executive	Directors	are	deemed	to	have	an	interest	

in	the	ordinary	shares	held	in	the	Employee	Benefit	Trust	and	

its	subsidiaries.

A	£50m	revolving	credit	facility	that	terminates	on	a	change	

The	Company	has	maintained	throughout	the	year	directors’	

of	 control,	 with	 outstanding	 amounts	 becoming	 payable	 

and	 officers’	 liability	 insurance	 in	 respect	 of	 itself	 and	 its	

with	interest.

28

directors.	The	directors	also	have	the	benefit	of	the	indemnity	

provision	contained	in	the	Company’s	Articles	of	Association.	

michael page international

These	provisions,	which	are	qualifying	third	party	indemnity	

Substantial shareholdings

provisions	as	defined	by	Section	234	of	the	Companies	Act	

2006,	were	in	force	throughout	the	year	and	are	currently	

in	force.

Results and dividends

The	profit	for	the	year	after	taxation	amounted	to	£97.3m	

(2007:	£101.7m).

A	final	dividend	for	2007	of	5.6	pence	per	ordinary	share	was	

paid	on	9	June	2008.	An	interim	dividend	of	2.88	pence	per	

As	at	20	February	2009,	the	Company	has	been	notified	of	

the	interests	held	in	more	than	3%	of	the	issued	share	capital	

of	the	Company	as	shown	in	Fig.1.	below.

Fig.1. Substantial Shareholdings

Holder

Number of 
ordinary 
shares

% of issued 
share capital

Capital International Limited

42,018,829

13.05%

ordinary	share	was	paid	on	10	october	2008.	The	Directors	

Standard Life Investments

recommend	 the	 payment	 of	 a	 final	 dividend	 for	 the	 year	

Lone Pine Capital

ended	31	December	2008	of	5.12	pence	per	ordinary	share	

on	8	June	2009	to	shareholders	on	the	register	on	8	May	

2009	which,	if	approved	at	the	Annual	General	Meeting,	will	

result	in	a	total	dividend	for	the	year	of	8.0	pence	per	ordinary	

share	(2007:	8.0	pence).

Share capital

Fidelity

JP Morgan

Wellington Management

Legal & General

Baillie Gifford

Nomad Investments

27,805,473

17,340,086

16,322,485

15,993,951

15,047,409

12,731,958

9,743,561

9,713,547

8.63%

5.38%

5.07%

4.97%

4.67%

3.95%

3.03%

3.02%

The	authorised	and	issued	share	capital	of	the	Company	are	

shown	in	Note	18	to	the	financial	statements.

Corporate responsibility (CR)

At	 the	 Annual	 General	 Meeting	 held	 on	 23	 May	 2008,	 

The	Board	recognises	its	responsibilities	in	respect	of	social,	

the	Company	renewed	its	authority	to	make	market	purchases	

environmental	 and	 ethical	 (SEE)	 matters,	 with	 the	 Chief	

of	its	own	ordinary	shares	up	to	a	maximum	of	15%	of	the	

Executive	having	Board	responsibility	for	Group	Environmental	

issued	share	capital.

During	the	year,	the	Company	purchased	6.7m	shares	which	

were	immediately	cancelled.	A	further	0.5m	shares	were	also	

purchased	by	the	employee	benefit	trust	and	held	to	fund	

share	scheme	awards.	The	total	nominal	value	of	all	shares	

repurchased	was	£0.1m	and	represented	2.2%	of	the	issued	

share	capital.	The	shares	were	purchased	for	a	consideration	

of	£16.8m	including	expenses.	1.3m	shares	were	also	issued	

Management.	The	Directors	continually	monitor	all	risks	to	

the	 Group’s	 businesses,	 including	 SEE	 risks,	 which	 may	

impact	the	Group’s	short	and	long-term	value.	During	2008	

no	significant	SEE	risks	were	identified.	The	Company	is	

also	a	member	of	the	FTSE4Good	Index	Series	designed	

to	measure	the	performance	of,	and	facilitate	investment	in,	

those	companies	meeting	globally	recognised	standards	of	

corporate	responsibility.

to	satisfy	share	options	exercised	during	the	year.

The	Group’s	policies	on	CR	matters	are	described	in	the	

following	paragraphs.

ANNUAl	REpoRT	2008

29

(a) environmental policy

Water

The	Group	does	not	operate	in	a	business	sector	which	

causes	signifi	cant	pollution,	but	the	Board	recognises	that	

the	 business	 does	 have	 an	 impact	 on	 the	 environment.	

In	the	UK,	Michael	page	has	consumed	33,514	m3	of	water.	

This	is	an	increase	of	13%	from	last	year’s	fi	gures	due	to	new	

offi	ces	and	an	increase	in	staff.

The	Board	is	committed	to	managing	and	improving	the	way	

electricity

in	which	our	activities	affect	the	environment	by:

•	 optimising	the	use	of	energy;

•	

	ensuring	the	effi	cient	use	of	materials;

•	

	encouraging	re-use	and	recycling;	and

our	UK	offi	ces	consumed	approximately	5,288,020	kWh	of	

electricity	which	converts	to	1,691	tonnes	of	Co².	our	average	

electricity	consumption	is	154	kWh	of	electricity	per	m²	of	offi	ce	

space.	This	sits	well	within	benchmarks,	which	state	for	an	air	

conditioned	offi	ce	medium	electricity	consumption	should	fall	

•	

	incorporating	the	principle	of	sustainable	development.

between	128kWh/m²	and	226kWh/m².

During	 the	 year,	 the	 Group	 has	 continued	 to	 allocate	 a	

our	energy	supplier	provides	‘greener’	energy	having	less	of	an	

signifi	cant	amount	of	time	and	resource	to	further	identify	

impact	on	the	environment.	Electricity	is	taken	from	renewable	

where	its	activities	have	an	impact	on	the	environment.

sources	which	reduces	the	carbon	emissions.

A	 review	 is	 carried	 out	 annually	 in	 accordance	 with	 the	

Gas

guidance	as	laid	down	by	the	Department	for	Environment,	

Food	and	Rural	Affairs	(DEFRA),	and	the	Global	Reporting	

Initiative	 (GRI),	 an	 independent	 international	 institution	

The	 estimated	 total	 carbon	 emissions	 generated	 by	 the	

consumption	of	gas	at	our	UK	offi	ces	is	400	tonnes	of	carbon	

dioxide.	The	tonnage	of	gas	is	based	on	UK	offi	ces	consuming	

established	to	create	a	common	framework	for	sustainability	

1,997,201	kWh	of	gas	during	the	year.

reporting	worldwide.

transport

The	 current	 environmental	 report,	 which	 covers	 our	 UK	

businesses	only,	will	shortly	be	available	on	the	Michael	page	

website.	A	summary	of	its	fi	ndings	during	2008	is	shown	

our	largest	environmental	impact	is	transport	related	pollution.	

This	is	from	business	travel	and	getting	to	and	from	work	which	

generated	an	estimated	1,075	tonnes	of	Co².

below.

Waste

“more Green”

As	a	company	committed	to	green	issues,	we	are	actively	

•	

	235	tonnes	of	waste	was	generated	by	UK	offi	ces.	

involved	in	fi	nding	work	practices	that	can	help	reduce	our	

•	 	Through	recycling,	Michael	page	in	the	UK	has	saved	

3,248	trees	and	saved	a	total	of	955m3	landfi	ll	space.

A	summary	is	shown	in	Fig.2.	below.

energy

carbon	footprint.	‘More	Green’	was	launched	in	the	UK	in	

2007	to	focus	employees	more	actively	on	green	issues	and	

to	advertise	internally	the	environmental	matters	in	which	

Michael	page	is	engaged.

Michael	page	are	proud	consumers	of	Green	Choice	energy	

The	total	Co²	emissions	generated	as	a	result	of	the	use	of	

which	is	the	most	environmentally	sound	electricity	option	

electricity	and	gas	at	Michael	page,	offi	ces	in	2007/2008	is	

available	in	the	UK.	Green	Choice	energy	supplies	electricity	

estimated	at	2,091	tonnes.	

Fig.2. UK Waste Generation

from	 environmental	 sources	 coming	 from	 a	 mixture	 of	

Confi dential waste

Toners

Mixed offi ce paper

Food waste and packaging

Other

Total

Annual weight 
generated (tonnes)

% of total 
waste

80

3

75

61

16

34%

1%

32%

27%

6%

235

100%

30

michael page international

renewable	sources.	These	sources	do	not	involve	the	burning	

city	youth	with	opportunities	to	join	a	team,	coach	a	group	

of	fossil	fuels,	which	produce	Co2	emissions.

and	inspire	youths	to	recognize	their	potential	and	realize	

Together,	 Michael	 page	 and	 page	 personnel	 in	 the	 UK	

earned	a	SITA	Certificate	of	Recycling.	In	2009	we	will	be	

working	hard	to	make	an	even	greater	effort	to	reduce	our	

environmental	impact.

In	respect	of	managing	waste	and	reducing	the	amount	of	

waste	that	would	typically	go	to	landfill,	we	are	phasing	out	

the	use	of	plastic	cups	and	replacing	them	with	glasses.	

This	saves	approximately	380,000	cups	from	landfill.	In	2009	

we	will	be	launching	a	review	of	our	stationery	products	to	

ensure	that	we	not	only	leverage	best	price,	but	also	ensure	

that	products	we	purchase	are	environmentally	friendly	and	

come	from	sustainable	sources.	This	is	a	global	programme	

that	will	operate	in	the	majority	of	countries.

(b) Charitable donations

The	Group	made	charitable	donations	of	£153,366	during	

their	dreams,	Sport	Dans	la	Ville	(Sport	dans	la	Ville	creates	

sport-activities	to	help	underprivileged	children	who	live	in	

difficult	neighbourhoods)	and	Norwalk	Child	Safety	Group,	

which	was	created	by	the	City	of	Norwalk	police	Benevolent	

Association	 to	 find	 effective	 solutions	 to	 neighbourhood	

concerns.	Here	we	contributed	to	their	annual	recruitment	

drive	and	sponsored	their	annual	Community	Guidebook.	 

We	also	assisted	the	Juvenile	Diabetes	Research	Foundation	

(the	JDRF	is	dedicated	to	helping	children	who	have	diabetes	

live	a	normal,	healthy	life)	where	we	contributed	to	their	annual	

fund	raiser	and	Michael	page	consultants	volunteered	at	a	

summer	event	to	help	raise	awareness.

In	latin	America,	we	sponsor	three	big	social	projects,	all	

of	them	involving	cultural	awareness	for	children	in	need.	

These	were	 projeto	Vida	Jovem,	 projeto	Guri,	and	Ação	

Comunitária,	which	aim	to	keep	children	off	the	streets	and	

the	year	(2007:	£89,800).	Included	in	donations	are	amounts	

in	school,	preparing	them	for	a	better	future.

made	to	various	local	charities	serving	the	communities	in	

which	the	Group	operates.	It	is	the	Group’s	policy	not	to	

make	political	donations.

In	 Asia	 pacific,	 Michael	 page	 Australia	 held	 numerous	

charitable	events,	supporting	a	range	of	charities	including	the	

Breast	Cancer	Foundation,	Juvenile	Diabetes	Foundation	and	

In	EMEA,	Michael	page	portugal	supported	the	legião	da	

Ronald	McDonald	House	Children’s	Charity.	The	Melbourne	

Boa	Vontade	and	liga	portuguesa	Contra	o	Cancro.	legião	

team	has	also	personally	contributed	to	the	sponsorship	of	

da	 Boa	 Vontade,	 is	 an	 educational,	 cultural	 and	 charity	

two	children	through	World	Vision	for	the	past	three	years.	

association,	which	promotes	food	distribution,	education,	

In	Hong	Kong,	Michael	page	supported	children’s	cancer	

culture	and	employment.	liga	portuguesa	Contra	o	Cancro	

charities	with	a	range	of	events,	including	rickshaw	and	sedan	

is	a	cultural	and	social	private	association,	which	promotes	

chair	style	races.	In	China,	we	raised	money	for	operation	

cancer	prevention,	social	support	for	cancer	patients	and	

Smile’,	 a	 charity	 which	 supports	 operations	 on	 children	

training	and	investigation	to	cure	the	disease.	In	Spain,	we	

in	 China	 with	 severe	 cleft	 palates	 and	 facial	 deformities,	

collaborate	with	the	Theodora	Foundation,	with	donations	

in	 order	 to	 give	 them	 a	 chance	 of	 normal	 life	 and	 social	

enabling	the	“Doctores	Sonrisa”	(Clown	Doctors)	to	visit	sick	

acceptance.	

children	in	hospital,	whilst	in	Italy,	recruitment	services	are	

provided	free	of	charge	to	Save	the	Children.	

(c) employee involvement

Since	arriving	in	South	Africa,	we	have	supported	a	charity	

called	 Children	 of	 the	 Dawn.	 This	 charity	 focuses	 on	

supporting	aids	orphans	throughout	the	country.	The	focus	

of	their	work	is	to	support	families	around	the	children	to	

allow	them	to	stay	within	their	community,	rather	than	seeing	

them	 sent	 to	 orphanages	 where	 they	 lose	 contact	 with	 

their	family.

The	 unique	 culture	 of	 the	 organisation	 ensures	 active	

involvement	at	all	levels	throughout	the	business.	We	promote	

a	meritocratic	environment	where	the	views	and	ideas	of	our	

employees	have	a	definite	impact	on	the	decisions	we	make.	

our	ranking	amongst	The	Sunday	Times	100	Best	Companies	

to	 Work	 for	 since	 2005	 is	 the	 main	 focus	 of	 our	 formal	

employee	engagement	activities.	Indeed,	in	2008,	Michael	

page	International	rose	21	places	to	39	in	the	survey	which	is	

In	the	UK,	subject	to	certain	restrictions,	the	Group	matches	

a	testament	to	the	efforts	we	have	made	in	recent	years.	

charitable	 donations	 made	 by	 employees.	 In	 2008,	 we	

nominated	The	British	Heart	Foundation	as	our	charity	of	the	

year.	We	have	sponsored	a	number	of	different	initiatives	and	

have	so	far	raised	approximately	£70,000	for	the	charity.

In	2008,	our	highest	ranking	factor	was	My	Team	(ranking	

12th	in	the	entire	survey	of	837	companies).	My	Team	includes	

encouraging	team	spirit,	feeling	part	of	the	company,	having	

fun	and	belonging.	our	two	highest	ranking	questions	were:	

In	the	Americas,	the	USA	worked	with	different	charitable	and	

Working	in	this	Team	gives	me	a	buzz	&	My	Team	is	fun	to	

community	groups	such	as	the	Harlem	RBI	who	provide	inner-

work	with.

ANNUAl	REpoRT	2008

31

our	most	improved	category	was	‘Giving	Something	Back’	

development	of	all	its	employees	where	this	is	of	benefit	to	

which	measures	our	involvement	in	community,	charity	and	

the	individual	and	to	the	Group.

environmental	projects.	In	2008	we	launched	‘More	Giving’	

an	initiative	which	allowed	each	UK	employee	1	day	per	year	

to	undertake	team	based	projects	to	benefit	a	local	charity,	

community	or	environmental	project	of	their	choice.	Some	

examples	of	the	activities	so	far	have	included	gardening,	

painting	and	decorating,	staffing	at	youth	centres,	farming	

etc.	To	date	we	have	given	well	over	300	days	of	service	to	

organisations	around	the	UK	including	Macmillan	Cancer	

Support,	Chelmsford	Cats	protection	league,	Warner’s	End	

Neighbourhood	Community	Centre,	Hainault	Youth	Centre,	

Waterways	Trust	to	mention	a	only	a	few.

Throughout	2008,	the	Group	monitored	the	diversity	of	its	

UK	employees,	88%	of	whom	to	date	have	completed	the	

voluntary	 request	 for	 information.	 The	 analysis	 indicates	

a	 split	 of	 52%	 female,	 48%	 male,	 and	 regarding	 origin,	

88%	white,	11%	ethnic	origin	and	1%	declining	to	answer.	 

The	UK	2001	Census	showed	a	total	ethnic	population	of	

7.9%.	Similar	monitoring	will	be	carried	out	during	2009.	

The	 Group	 recognises	 the	 importance	 of	 diversity	 in	 the	

workplace	for	both	our	own	and	our	clients’	businesses.	

We	 are	 committed	 to	 increasing	 the	 recognition	 of	 our	

brand	amongst	a	more	diverse	audience,	and	to	encourage	

Communication	with	employees	has	always	been	a	strength	

development	of	an	increasingly	diverse	candidate	database	

given	the	non-hierarchical	management	structure	and	the	

together	with	our	workforce.	our	monitoring	of	our	candidate	

genuine	involvement	of	senior	management	with	all	levels	

databases	confirms	that	the	brand	attracts	candidates	from	a	

of	employee.	This	was	further	enhanced	during	2008	with	

wide	range	of	backgrounds.	We	participate	in	the	Interbank	

the	implementation	of	Maximising	potential	as	the	vision	for	

Diversity	 Forum	 and	 work	 with	 organisations	 like	 Global	

the	organisation.	one	of	the	many	initiatives	resulting	from	

Graduates	where	we	strive	to	ensure	that	we	offer	our	clients	

this	was	the	‘Maximising	leadership’	calls	which	involved	all	

the	most	qualified	candidates	on	the	basis	of	their	relevant	

UK	employees	being	given	the	opportunity	to	dial	into	a	call	

aptitudes,	skills	and	abilities	and	that	such	candidates	are	

made	by	our	CEo	answering	questions	posed	by	employees	

drawn	from	diverse	backgrounds.

and	updating	them	on	the	company’s	plans	for	the	future.	

This	has	been	particularly	popular	in	uncertain	economic	

times	 in	 allowing	 employees	 to	 hear	 first	 hand	 the	 many	

success	stories	around	the	business	and	also	to	share	in	

the	strong	leadership	and	employee	participation	required	

to	succeed.

The	 Group	 continues	 to	 participate	 in	 the	 Race	 for	

opportunity,	 part	 of	 Business	 in	 the	 Community,	 a	 UK	

movement	of	over	700	member	companies	whose	purpose	

is	to	inspire,	challenge	and	support	business	in	improving	

its	impact	on	society.	As	a	result,	the	group	has	taken	a	

range	of	proactive	steps	to	increase	awareness	of	diversity,	

Communication	with	employees	is	also	effected	through	Group	

including	training	for	all	new	employees	within	their	first	month	

newsletters,	the	Company’s	Intranet,	information	bulletins,	

with	the	business	and	implementing	a	competency	-based	

briefing	 meetings	 conducted	 by	 senior	 management	 and	

management	development	programme	to	ensure	employees	

formal	and	informal	discussions.	Interim	and	Annual	Reports	

are	promoted	on	their	merit	and	ability.	As	making	judgements	

are	available	to	all	staff.	Informal	communication	is	further	

based	on	a	candidate’s	individual	merits	is	at	the	heart	of	

facilitated	by	the	Group’s	divisional	organisation	structure.

our	diversity	policy,	we	have	introduced	more	competency-

In	the	Americas,	Michael	page	USA	was	ranked	‘Number	1	

Executive	Recruitment	firm	in	New	York’	by	Crains	for	the	

third	year	in	a	row	and	again	voted	‘one	of	the	best	places	

to	work	in	Connecticut’	by	the	Hartford	Business	Journal	and	

voted	‘one	of	the	best	places	to	work	in	Massachusetts’	by	

the	Boston	Business	Journal.

(d) equal opportunity and diversity

based	interviewing	procedures	into	our	selection	processes	

particularly	 when	 recruiting	 people	 to	 join	 Michael	 page.	 

We	continue	to	work	closely	with	a	range	of	clients	to	discuss	

and	share	diversity	ideas/best	practice	and	to	offer	expertise	

to	minority	groups.

Michael	page	is	also	a	member	of	the	Employers	Forum	on	

Age	(EFA),	an	independent	network	of	leading	employers	

which	sets	the	agenda	for	age	and	employment	issues	in	

The	Group	endorses	and	supports	the	principles	of	equal	

the	UK.	The	membership	of	EFA	lists	over	200	organisations,	

employment	 opportunity.	 It	 is	 the	 policy	 of	 the	 Group	 to	

from	central	and	local	government	to	major	multinational	

provide	equal	employment	opportunity	to	all,	which	ensures	

corporations.	Upon	introduction	of	the	Employer	Equality	

that	all	employment	decisions	are	made,	subject	to	its	legal	

(Age)	 Regulations	 in	 october	 2006,	 Michael	 page	 was	

obligations,	on	a	non-discriminatory	basis.	Due	consideration	

nominated	for	an	award	by	the	EFA	for	best	implementation	

is	given	to	the	recruitment,	promotion,	training	and	working	

of	the	legislation	in	its	sector.	Following	the	release	of	the	

environment	 of	 all	 staff	 including	 those	 with	 disabilities.	 

legislation	 on	 age	 discrimination,	 an	 Age	 Discrimination	

It	is	the	Group’s	policy	to	encourage	the	training	and	further	

Working	party	was	formed	to	review	the	policies,	procedures	

32

michael page international

and	systems	of	the	Company	to	ensure	compliance	with	the	

following	sections	of	the	Annual	Report:	

legislation	once	introduced.

The	 recommendations	 made	 are	 fully	 implemented	 by	

the	Company.	Additionally,	we	participate	in	a	number	of	

external	initiatives	such	as	the	Global	Graduates	and	The	

Brokerage,	a	charity	whose	aim	is	to	increase	the	ambition	

and	 employability	 of	 young	 people	 in	 the	 11	 inner-city	 

london	boroughs.

(e) Health and safety

•	 Corporate	Governance	(The	Board	and	its	operation)

•	 Corporate	Governance	(Nomination	Committee)

•	 Corporate	Governance	(Board	appointments)

•	 Remuneration	Report	(Annual	bonus	plan)

•	 	Remuneration	 Report	 (Directors’	 interests	 and	 share	

ownership	requirements)

•	

	Notes	to	the	Accounts	(Note	18:	Called-up	share	capital)

•	

	Shareholder	Information	and	Advisers	(Memorandum	and	

It	 is	 the	 policy	 of	 the	 Group	 to	 take	 all	 reasonable	 and	

Articles	of	Association)

practicable	steps	to	safeguard	the	health,	safety	and	welfare	

of	its	employees,	visitors	and	other	persons	who	may	be	

affected	by	its	activities.	In	order	to	meet	these	responsibilities,	

the	Group	will:	

•	 assess	the	risks	to	health	and	safety;

•	

implement	safe	systems	at	work;

•	 provide	information,	instruction	and	training;

•	 establish	and	maintain	emergency	procedures;	and

•	

	regularly	review	health	and	safety	policies	and	

procedures.

The	Group	is	being	proactive	in	our	approach	to	health	and	

safety	by	monitoring	proposed	changes	in	legislation	and	

implementing	policies	accordingly,	and	as	such	we	comply	

with	all	statutory	and	regulatory	requirements.	our	medical	

insurers	also	provide	a	24hr	counselling	helpline	covering	

stress,	legal	issues	and	consumer	rights.

Each	of	the	above	sections	is	incorporated	by	reference	into,	

and	forms	part	of,	this	Directors’	Report.	

 Information to Auditors

Each	of	the	Directors	at	the	date	of	approval	of	this	report	

confirms	that:

1.	 	so	far	as	the	Director	is	aware,	there	is	no	relevant	audit	

information	of	which	the	company’s	auditors	are	unaware;	

and

2.	 	the	Director	has	taken	all	the	steps	that	he	ought	to	have	

taken	as	a	Director	to	make	himself	aware	of	any	relevant	

audit	information	and	to	establish	that	the	Company’s	

auditors	are	aware	of	that	information.

3.	 	This	 confirmation	 is	 given	 and	 should	 be	 interpreted	

in	 accordance	 with	 the	 provisions	 of	 s234ZA	 of	 the	

Companies	Act	1985.

(f) supplier payment policy

Auditors

It	 is	 the	 policy	 of	 the	 Group	 to	 agree	 appropriate	 terms	

and	conditions	for	transactions	with	suppliers	(by	means	

ranging	from	standard	written	terms	to	individually	negotiated	

contracts)	and	that	payment	should	be	made	in	accordance	

with	those	terms	and	conditions,	provided	that	the	supplier	

has	also	complied	with	them.

The	Company	acts	as	a	holding	Company	for	the	Group.	

Creditor	 days	 for	 the	 Company	 were	 nil	 (2007:	 nil)	 as	

the	 Company	 does	 not	 undertake	 any	 transactions	 with	

Deloitte	llp	are	willing	to	continue	in	office	and	accordingly	

resolutions	to	re-appoint	them	as	auditors	and	authorising	

the	Directors	to	set	their	remuneration	will	be	proposed	at	

the	forthcoming	Annual	General	Meeting.

Annual General Meeting

The	resolutions	to	be	proposed	at	the	Annual	General	Meeting	

to	be	held	on	22	May	2009,	together	with	explanatory	notes,	

appear	in	the	Notice	of	Meeting	set	out	on	pages	89	to	94.

suppliers.	The	Group’s	creditor	days	at	the	year	end	were	38	 

By	order	of	the	Board

(2007:	27	days).

Share capital, restrictions on transfer of shares and 

other additional information 

To	 the	 extent	 not	 discussed	 in	 this	 Directors’	 Report,	

information	relating	to	the	Company’s	share	capital	structure,	

restrictions	on	the	holding	or	transfer	of	its	shares	or	on	the	

exercise	of	voting	rights	attached	to	such	securities	required	

by	Section	992	of	the	Companies	Act	2006	is	set	out	in	the	

kelvin Stagg

Company	Secretary 

5	March	2009

ANNUAl	REpoRT	2008

33

Corporate

gOVERNANCE

The	Board	of	Directors	has	a	strong	commitment	to	high	

Stephen	Box	will	retire	from	the	Board	in	2009.	The	Group	would	

standards	 of	 corporate	 governance	 and	 has	 applied	 the	

like	to	extend	their	thanks	to	Stephen	for	his	contribution.

main	 and	 supporting	 principles	 of	 corporate	 governance	

as	recommended	in	Section	1	of	the	Combined	Code	on	

Corporate	Governance,	(the	“2006	FRC	Code”),	for	the	year	

ended	31	December	2008.

Compliance with the 2006 fRC Code

The	Directors	consider	that	the	Company	has	complied	with	

all	the	Code	provisions	set	out	in	Section	1	of	the	2006	FRC	

Code	throughout	the	year	ended	31	December	2008.

the Board and its operation

The	 Board	 of	 Michael	 page	International	 plc	 is	 the	 body	

responsible	for	corporate	governance,	establishing	policies	

and	 objectives,	 and	 the	 management	 of	 the	 Group’s	

resources.	It	is	the	Group’s	policy	that	the	roles	of	Chairman	

and	Chief	Executive	are	separate.

The	 main	 Board	 currently	 comprises	 the	 Chairman,	 who	

is	 deemed	 to	 be	 independent	 and	 has	 no	 operational	

responsibilities,	

three	 Executive	 Directors	 and	

four	

independent	Non-Executive	Directors.

All	 Directors	 are	 subject	 to	 retirement	 by	 rotation	 and	 

re-election	by	the	shareholders	in	accordance	with	the	Articles	

of	Association,	whereby	one	third	of	the	Directors	retire	by	

rotation	each	year.	All	Directors	are	subject	to	election	by	the	

shareholders	at	the	first	Annual	General	Meeting	following	

their	appointment.	All	Directors	are	subject	to	re-election	

All	Directors	have	access	to	the	advice	and	services	of	the	

Company	Secretary,	who	is	responsible	for	ensuring	that	

Board	procedures	and	applicable	rules	and	regulations	are	

observed.	 There	 is	 an	 agreed	 procedure	 for	 Directors	 to	

obtain	independent	professional	advice,	if	necessary,	at	the	

Company’s	expense.

The	 Board	 meets	 regularly	 throughout	 the	 year.	 It	 has	 a	

formal	 schedule	 of	 matters	 reserved	 to	 it	 and	 delegates	

specific	responsibilities	to	Committees.	During	the	meetings,	 

the	Board	formally	considers	how	and	to	whom	matters	

covered	 at	 each	 meeting	 should	 be	 communicated	 and	

actioned	beyond	the	Board.	Decisions	concerning	matters	

of	a	more	routine	nature	are	dealt	with	by	management	below	

Board	level.	The	structure	of	the	Group	facilitates	the	day	to	

day	running	of	the	business	and	enables	efficient	and	effective	

communication	of	issues	to	the	Board	when	required.

The	Chairman	and	Non-Executive	Directors	also	met	during	

the	year	without	the	Executive	Directors	being	present.

Each	of	the	Committees	has	formal	written	terms	of	reference	

which	were	reviewed	in	2008.

The	 terms	 of	 reference	 for	 the	 Audit,	 Remuneration	 and	

Nomination	Committees	are	available	on	request	and	can	

be	found	on	the	Group’s	website.	Their	composition	and	

the	manner	in	which	they	discharge	their	responsibilities	are	

described	below.

every	three	years	in	accordance	with	the	2006	FRC	Code.

The	Executive	Board,	a	Committee	of	the	Main	Board,	meets	

Stephen	 puckett	 and	 Hubert	 Reid	 will	 retire	 by	 rotation	

and	 offer	 themselves	 for	 re-election.	 As	 a	 result	 of	 their	

annual	performance	evaluation,	the	Board	considers	that	

their	 individual	 performances	 continue	 to	 be	 effective,	 

formally	at	least	four	times	a	year,	and	is	responsible	for	

assisting	the	Chief	Executive	in	the	performance	of	his	duties,	

including	 development	 and	 implementation	 of	 strategy,	

operational	plans,	policies,	procedures	and	budgets.

with	each	director	demonstrating	commitment	to	their	role.	

These	 activities	 are	 performed	 at	 a	 regional	 level	 by	 four	

The	Board	is	therefore	pleased	to	support	their	re-election	

Regional	Boards,	Committees	of	the	Main	Board,	for	the	UK,	

at	the	forthcoming	Annual	General	Meeting.

EMEA,	Asia	pacific	and	the	Americas.	Each	Regional	Board	

34

michael page international

meets	at	least	four	times	a	year.

Objectivity and independence of external auditors

The	Company	amended	its	articles	of	association	in	May	

Deloitte	are	employed	to	perform	work	in	addition	to	their	

2008	to	deal	with,	amongst	other	things,	the	provisions	on	

statutory	 duties	 where	 it	 is	 felt	 that	 they	 are	 best	 placed	

conflicts	of	interest	in	the	Companies	Act	2006	which	came	

to	carry	out	the	engagement	as	a	result	of	their	being	the	

into	force	in	october	2008.	Following	this,	the	Company	

Group’s	auditors.	All	other	work	is	awarded	on	the	basis	of	

has	put	in	place	procedures	for	the	disclosure	and	review	

competitive	tender.

of	any	conflicts,	or	potential	conflicts,	of	interest	which	the	

Directors	may	have	and	for	the	authorisation	of	such	conflict	

matters	by	the	Board.	In	deciding	whether	to	authorise	a	

The	objectivity	and	independence	of	the	external	auditor	is	

safeguarded	by:

conflict	or	potential	conflict,	the	Directors	must	have	regard	

a.	 	obtaining	 assurances	 from	 the	 external	 auditor	 that	

to	 their	 general	 duties	 under	 the	 Companies	 Act	 2006.	

The	authorisation	of	any	conflict	matter,	and	the	terms	of	

authorisation,	 may	 be	 reviewed	 at	 any	 time	 and	 will	 be	

reviewed	formally	by	the	Board	on	an	annual	basis.

Audit Committee

The	 Audit	 Committee	 comprises	 the	 independent	 Non-

Executive	Directors	and,	since	May	2008,	is	chaired	by	Ruby	

adequate	policies	and	procedures	exist	within	its	firm	to	

ensure	the	firm	and	its	staff	are	independent	of	the	Group	

by	reason	of	family,	finance,	employment,	investment	and	

business	relationships	(other	than	in	the	normal	course	 

of	business);	

b.	 	enforcing	a	policy	concerning	the	provision	of	non-audit	

services	by	the	auditor	which	governs	the	types	of	work:	

McGregor-Smith.		Their	relevant	qualifications	and	experience	

i.	

from	which	the	external	auditor	is	excluded;	

are	shown	in	their	biographies	on	the	Board	of	Directors	

ii.	 	for	which	the	external	auditor	can	be	engaged	without	

page	26	and	27.

referral	to	the	Audit	Committee;	and	

The	Committee	met	seven	times	in	2008	to	fulfil	its	duties	

iii.	 	for	which	a	case-by-case	decision	is	required,	which	

and	 included	 attendance	 by	 the	 external	 auditors	 where	

required.	 The	 number	 of	 meetings	 increased	 from	 four	

last	year	to	review	interim	management	statements	before	

submission	to	the	Main	Board.	The	Committee	also	met	with	

includes	all	engagements	over	certain	fee	limits.	

	The	following	areas	are	considered	to	be	unacceptable	

for	the	external	auditors	to	undertake:

the	external	auditors	during	the	year	without	the	presence	

•	

	selection,	design	or	implementation	of	key	financial	

of	management.

systems;	

In	2008	the	Audit	Committee	discharged	its	responsibilities	

•	

	maintaining	or	preparing	the	accounting	books	and	

as	set	out	in	the	terms	of	reference	which	can	be	found	on	

records	or	the	preparation	of	financial	accounts	or	

our	website.	Its	principal	tasks	are	to	review	the	Group’s	

other	key	financial	data;	

internal	controls	and	internal	audit	reports,	review	the	scope	

of	the	external	audit,	consider	issues	raised	by	the	external	

auditors,	and	review	the	half-yearly	and	annual	accounts	

before	they	are	presented	to	the	Board,	focusing	in	particular	

on	 accounting	 policies	 and	 compliance,	 and	 areas	 of	

•	 provision	of	outsource	financial	systems;	

•	

	provision	 of	 outsource	 operational	 management	

functions;	

•	 recruitment	of	senior	finance	or	other	executives;	

management	judgement	and	estimates.

•	 secondment	of	senior	finance	or	other	executives;	

ANNUAl	REpoRT	2008

35

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
•	 provision	of	internal	audit	services;	

to	 the	 Board.	 The	 terms	 of	 reference	 of	 the	 Nomination	

•	 valuation	services	or	fairness	opinions;	and	

Committee	can	be	found	on	our	website.

•	

	any	 services	 specifically	 prohibited	 to	 be	 provided	

by	 a	 listed	 company’s	 external	 auditors	 under	 UK	

Succession planning

regulations.	

	The	following	criteria	also	need	to	be	met	before	the	external	

auditors	are	contracted	to	provide	such	services:

one	of	the	basic	premises	behind	the	strategic	development 

of	the	Michael	page	business	is	that	growth	is	organic	rather	

than	through	acquisitions	of	companies	or	hiring	senior	people	

in	non-support	roles.	In	order	to	achieve	this	organic	growth	

•	

	the	firm	has	the	necessary	skills	and	experience	to	

we	require	good	people.	It	is	therefore	one	of	the	fundamental	

undertake	the	work;	

•	

	there	are	no	potential	conflicts	that	may	arise	as	a	

result	of	carrying	out	this	activity;	

•	

	the	external	audit	firm	is	subject	to	the	company’s	

principles	and	a	major	part	of	the	philosophy	of	the	Company	

that	we	train	and	develop	our	own	people.	This	approach	

creates	opportunities	for	career	progression	and	helps	us	

attract	and	retain	high	calibre	individuals.

normal	tendering	processes;	and	

Due	to	this	philosophy	of	nurturing	our	own	talent,	succession	

•	

	in	addition	to	the	normal	authorisation	procedures	and	

planning	is	inherently	a	key	part	of	the	process.	We	do	not	

prior	to	inclusion	in	a	tender,	approval	has	to	be	given	

by	the	Group	Finance	Director	and,	if	the	fee	exceeds	

a	certain	level,	the	Audit	Committee.

c.	 	enforcing	 a	 policy	 of	 reviewing	 all	 cases	 where	 it	 is	

proposed	that	a	former	employee	of	the	external	auditors	

be	employed	by	the	Group;	and	

d.	 	monitoring	 the	 external	 auditors’	 compliance	 with	

applicable	UK	ethical	guidance	on	the	rotation	of	audit	

partners.	

Remuneration Committee

make	promotions	or	move	people	within	the	business	unless	

there	is	a	clear	successor	for	the	vacant	position.	It	is	therefore	

one	of	the	key	responsibilities	of	all	levels	of	management,	

and	not	just	the	Board,	to	have	a	clear	plan	of	development	

for	their	direct	reports.

Board appointments

The	 Board	 follows	 formal	 and	 transparent	 procedures	

when	 appointing	 directors.	 The	 Nomination	 Committee	

identifies	a	shortlist	of	suitable	candidates	for	Non-Executive	

appointments.	 All	 the	 candidates	 are	 interviewed	 by	 the	

Chairman	and	the	Chief	Executive,	and	in	the	case	of	the	most	

The	Remuneration	Committee	comprises	the	independent	

recent	appointment,	all	candidates	in	the	final	shortlist	were	

Non-Executive	Directors	and	is	chaired	by	Dr	Tim	Miller.

interviewed	by	the	Nomination	Committee.	Evaluations	of	all	

The	Committee	reviews	the	Group’s	policy	on	the	Chairman’s,	

Executive	Directors’	and	senior	executives’	remuneration	and	

terms	of	employment,	makes	recommendations	upon	this	

along	with	the	specific	level	of	remuneration	to	the	Board,	 

and	 also	 approves	 the	 provision	 of	 policies	 for	 the	

candidates	are	discussed	with	all	members	of	the	Nomination	

Committee	and	the	recommendation	is	subsequently	made	

to	the	Board.

Induction and training programme

incentivisation	of	senior	employees	including	share	schemes.	

on	appointment	to	the	Board,	each	Director	discusses	with	

The	Committee	meets	at	least	twice	a	year	and	is	also	attended	

the	Company	Secretary	the	extent	of	training	required	and	

by	the	Chief	Executive,	except	when	his	own	remuneration	

a	 tailored	 induction	 programme	 to	 cover	 their	 individual	

is	under	consideration.	The	Remuneration	Report	includes	

requirements	is	then	compiled.	Elements	of	the	programme	

information	on	the	Directors’	service	contracts.	The	terms	

typically	consist	of	meeting	senior	management,	site	visits	

of	reference	of	the	Remuneration	Committee	can	be	found	

and	attending	internal	conferences.	In	addition,	information	

on	our	website.

nomination Committee

is	provided	on	the	Company’s	services,	Group	structure,	

Board	arrangements,	financial	information,	major	competitors	

and	major	risks.	After	an	initial	induction	phase,	updates	are	

The	Nomination	Committee	comprises	the	Non-Executive	

Directors	 and	 is	 chaired	 by	 Sir	 Adrian	 Montague.	 It	 is	

responsible	for	making	recommendations	to	the	Board	on	

provided	on	a	periodic	basis.

Performance evaluation

new	appointments,	as	well	as	making	recommendations	as	

The	 Board,	 as	 part	 of	 its	 commitment	 to	 ensuring	

to	the	composition	of	the	Board	generally,	and	the	balance	

effectiveness	and	evaluating	its	performance	together	with	

between	Executive	and	Non-Executive	Directors	appointed	

that	of	its	Directors	and	Committees,	conducted	an	internal	

36

michael page international

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
review	comprising	a	questionnaire	concerning	all	aspects	of	

the	Combined	Code	(“the	Turnbull	Report”)	was	published	in	

procedure	and	effectiveness.

September	1999,	updated	october	2005.

Following	completion	of	the	questionnaires,	the	Chairman	

The	 Board	 has	 assessed	 existing	 risk	 management	 and	

met	with	the	individual	Directors	to	discuss	their	views	and	

internal	 control	 processes	 during	 the	 year	 ended	 31	

to	give	feedback	on	their	performance.	The	results	of	the	

evaluation	were	reported	to	the	Board	and	where	areas	of	

improvement	have	been	identified,	actions	have	been	agreed	

upon	and	training	will	be	provided	where	required.

Stephen	 Box,	 as	 the	 Senior	 Independent	 Director,	 led	

a	 meeting	 of	 the	 Non-Executive	 Directors	 to	 appraise	

the	performance	of	the	Chairman.	The	meeting	took	into	

account	any	comments	made	by	the	Executive	Directors.	

This	evaluation	is	carried	out	annually.

Attendance at meetings

The	number	of	meetings	of	the	Board	and	Committees	and	

individual	attendance	by	the	members	of	the	Committees	

only	are	shown	in	Fig.3.

Internal control

The	 responsibilities	 of	 the	 Directors	 in	 respect	 of	 internal	

control	 are	 defined	 by	 the	 Financial	 Services	 Authority’s	

listing	Rules	which	incorporate	a	Code	of	practice	known	

as	the	Combined	Code,	which	requires	that	Directors	review	

the	effectiveness	of	the	Group’s	system	of	internal	controls.	 

This	requirement	stipulates	that	the	review	shall	cover	all	controls	

including	 operational,	 compliance	 and	 risk	 management, 

December	2008	in	accordance	with	the	Turnbull	guidance.	

The	Board	believes	it	has	the	procedures	in	place	such	that	

the	Group	has	fully	complied	for	the	financial	year	ended	 

31	December	2008	and	at	the	date	of	this	report.

The	Directors	are	responsible	for	the	Group’s	system	of	internal	

financial	and	operational	controls	which	are	designed	to	meet	

the	Group’s	particular	needs	and	aim	to	safeguard	Group	

assets,	ensure	proper	accounting	records	are	maintained	

and	that	the	financial	information	used	within	the	business	

and	for	publication	is	reliable.

Any	system	of	internal	control	can	only	provide	reasonable,	

but	not	absolute,	assurance	against	material	misstatement	

and	loss.	Key	elements	of	the	system	of	internal	control	are	

as	follows:

•	 Group	organisation.

	The	Board	of	Directors	meets	at	least	ten	times	a	year,	

focusing	 mainly	 on	 strategic	 issues,	 operational	 and	

financial	performance.	There	is	also	a	defined	policy	on	

matters	strictly	reserved	for	the	Board.	The	Managing	

Director	 of	 each	 operating	 division	 is	 accountable	 for	

establishing	 and	 monitoring	 internal	 controls	 within	 

as	well	as	financial.	Internal	Control	Guidance	for	Directors	on	

that	division;

Fig.3. Attendance at Board Meetings (Committee attendance shown for Committee members only)

Total meetings

Meetings attended

Executive

Steve Ingham

Charles-Henri Dumon

Stephen Puckett

Total meetings

Meetings attended

Non-Executive

Sir Adrian Montague CBE

Stephen Box

Ruby McGregor-Smith

Dr Tim Miller

Hubert Reid

ANNUAl	REpoRT	2008

Main Board

11

11

11

11

Main Board

Audit 
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

Nomination 
Committee

11

11

11

11

9

10

7

7

7

7

6

3

3

3

3

3

1

1

1

1

1

1

37

	
•	 annual	business	plan.

the	effectiveness	of	controls	in	mitigating	specific	risks.	

	The	Group	has	a	comprehensive	budgeting	system	with	

an	annual	budget	approved	by	the	Board;

•	 quarterly	reforecasting.

	The	Group	prepares	a	full-year	reforecast	on	a	quarterly	

basis	showing,	by	individual	businesses/disciplines,	the	

results	to	date	and	a	reforecast	against	budget	for	the	

remaining	period	up	to	the	end	of	the	year;

•	 financial	reporting.

	Detailed	 monthly	 reports	 are	 produced	 showing	

comparisons	of	results	against	budget,	forecast	and	the	

In	addition,	risks	are	regularly	reviewed	and	changes	are	

made	to	the	risk	profile	where	necessary.	All	internal	audit	

activities	are	reported	to	the	Audit	Committee.	During	the	

year,	the	Board	monitored	and	reviewed	the	effectiveness	

of	the	internal	audit	activities.

The	Board	confirms	that	there	is	an	ongoing	process	for	

identifying,	 evaluating	 and	 managing	 the	 significant	 risks	

faced	by	the	Group	and	that	the	processes	have	been	in	

place	for	the	year	under	review	and	up	to	the	date	of	approval	

of	the	annual	report	and	accounts.

prior	year,	with	performance	monitoring	and	explanations	

Board contact with shareholders

provided	for	significant	variances.	The	Group	reports	to	

shareholders	on	a	quarterly	basis;

•	 Audit	Committee.

Communications	with	shareholders	are	given	a	high	priority.	

The	main	contact	between	the	Board	and	shareholders	is	

through	the	Chief	Executive	and	the	Group	Finance	Director.	

	There	is	an	established	Audit	Committee	whose	activities	

They	 undertake	 two	 major	 investor	 “roadshows”	 each	

are	previously	described;

•	 financial	and	operational	controls.

	Individual	operations	complete	an	annual	controls	self	

assessment	and	certification	statement.	Each	operational	

year	 in	 February/March	 and	 August/September,	 in	 which	

numerous	one-to-one	meetings	with	shareholders	take	place.	 

The	outcome	of	these	meetings	and	the	views	of	shareholders	

are	relayed	back	to	the	Board	by	the	corporate	brokers,	at	the	

manager,	 in	 addition	 to	 the	 finance	 function	 for	 that	

end	of	each	roadshow.	The	Group’s	corporate	brokers	also	

operation,	 confirms	 the	 adequacy	 of	 their	 systems	 of	

report	monthly	to	the	Board	on	broking	activity	during	the	

internal	control	and	compliance	with	Group	policies.	The	

month	and	any	issues	that	may	have	been	raised	with	them.

statement	also	requires	the	reporting	of	any	significant	

control	issues,	including	suspected	or	reported	fraud,	that	

have	emerged	so	that	areas	of	Group	concern	can	be	

identified	and	investigated	as	required;

•	 risk	management.

	Identification	of	major	business	risks	is	carried	out	at	Group	

level	 in	 conjunction	 with	 operational	 management	 and	

Shareholders	 are	 invited	 to	 attend	 the	 Annual	 General	

Meeting	where	they	are	able	to	discuss	any	concerns	with	

the	Non-Executive	Directors.

When	requested	by	shareholders,	individual	matters	can	be	

discussed	with	the	Chairman	or	Senior	Independent	Director.	

The	 Group	 also	 has	 a	 website	 with	 an	 investor	 section 

appropriate	steps	taken	to	monitor	and	mitigate	risk;

(www.michaelpageinternational.com)	that	contains	Company	

•	 public	interest	disclosure	policy	(whistleblowing).

announcements	and	other	shareholder	information.

	The	audit	committee	has	reviewed	arrangements	by	which	

Annual Report

staff	of	the	company	may,	in	confidence,	raise	concerns	

about	 possible	 improprieties	 in	 matters	 of	 financial	

reporting	or	other	matters.	Arrangements	are	in	place	for	

the	proportionate	and	independent	investigation	of	such	

matters	and	for	appropriate	follow-up	action;	and

•	

internal	audit	activities.

	As	the	number	of	territories	in	which	the	Group	operates	

has	 increased,	 the	 internal	 audit	 function	 has	 been	

strengthened.	 An	 independent,	 dedicated	 Internal	

Audit	team	has	been	established,	comprising	the	Head	

The	Annual	Report	is	designed	to	present	a	balanced	and	

understandable	view	of	the	Group’s	activities	and	prospects.	

The	Chairman’s	Statement,	operational	Review	and	Financial	

Review	provide	an	assessment	of	the	Group’s	affairs	and	

position.	The	Annual	Report	and	Interim	Report	are	sent	to	

all	shareholders	on	the	Register.

The	 Directors	 acknowledge	 their	 responsibility	 for	 the	

preparation	of	the	Annual	Report.	The	Statement	of	Directors’	

Responsibilities	is	shown	on	page	95.	A	statement	by	the	

of	 Internal	 Audit	 and	 Internal	 Auditor.	 Businesses	 are	

auditors	about	their	reporting	responsibilities	is	shown	in	the	

visited	on	a	risk	based	and	rotational	basis	to	assess	

Independent	Auditors’	Report	on	pages	48	and	49.

38

michael page international

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
Going concern

The	Board	have	undertaken	a	recent	and	thorough	review	

of	 the	 Group’s	 budget,	 forecasts	 and	 associated	 risks	

and	sensitivities.	The	review	performed	was	extensive	and	

rigorous	 to	 reflect	 the	 uncertain	 economic	 outlook	 for	 the	

global	 economy	 taken	 as	 a	 whole.	 Despite	 the	 significant	

uncertainty	in	the	economy	and	its	inherent	risk	and	impact	on	

the	business,	the	Board	has	concluded,	given	the	level	of	cash	

in	the	business,	the	geographical	and	discipline	diversification,	

limited	concentration	risk,	as	well	as	the	ability	to	manage	

the	cost	base,	that	the	Group	has	adequate	resources	to	

continue	in	operational	existence	for	the	foreseeable	future,	

being	a	period	of	at	least	twelve-months	from	the	date	of	

approval	of	these	accounts.	For	this	reason,	the	going	concern	

basis	continues	to	be	appropriate	in	preparing	the	financial	

statements.	

The	Group’s	business	activities,	together	with	factors	likely	

to	affect	its	future	development,	performance	and	financial	

position	and	commentary	on	the	Group’s	financial	results,	

its	 cash	 flows,	 liquidity	 requirements,	 principal	 risks	 and	

uncertainties	and	undrawn	borrowing	facilities	are	set	out	in	

the	operational	and	Financial	Review	on	pages	12	to	25	within	

the	financial	statements.	In	addition,	note	22	to	the	financial	

statements	includes	the	Group’s	financial	risk	management	

objectives,	details	of	its	financial	instruments	and	hedging	

activities,	and	its	exposures	to	liquidity	risk	and	credit	risk.

In	the	year	to	31	December	2008,	the	Group	generated	a	

profit	of	£97.3m,	with	cash	generated	from	operating	activities	

of	£131.8m.	As	at	31	December	2008,	the	Group	balance	

sheet	was	in	a	net	asset	position	of	£210.7m	with	net	cash	

of	£94.3m.	

ANNUAl	REpoRT	2008

39

Remuneration

REPORT

Scope and membership of Remuneration Committee

General	Meetings.	Additional	details	of	service	contracts	are	

The	 Remuneration	 Committee,	 which	 meets	 not	 less	

shown	on	pages	46	and	47.

than	three	times	a	year,	comprises	the	independent	Non-

The	 remuneration	 of	 the	 Non-Executive	 Directors	 is	

Executive	 Directors.	 The	 Chief	 Executive	 attends	 the	

determined	 by	 the	 Board.	 The	 Non-Executive	 Directors	

meetings	as	required,	except	when	his	own	remuneration	

do	not	receive	any	other	benefits,	other	than	out-of	pocket	

is	under	consideration.	The	purpose	of	the	Remuneration	

expenses,	from	the	Group,	nor	do	they	participate	in	any	of	

Committee	 is	 to	 review,	 on	 behalf	 of	 the	 Board,	 the	

the	bonus	or	share	schemes.	

remuneration	policy	for	the	Chairman,	Executive	Directors	

and	other	senior	executives	and	to	determine	the	level	of	

remuneration,	incentives	and	other	benefits,	compensation	

payments	and	the	terms	of	employment	of	the	Executive	

Directors	and	other	senior	executives.	It	seeks	to	provide	a	

The	remuneration	agreed	by	the	Committee	for	the	Executive	

Directors	 contains	 the	 following	 elements:	 a	 base	 salary	 

and	 benefits,	 an	 annual	 bonus,	 share	 plan	 awards	 and	

pension	benefits.	

remuneration	package	that	aligns	strongly	the	interests	of	

The	 following	 sections	 provide	 details	 of	 the	 Company’s	

Executive	Directors	with	that	of	the	shareholders.	

remuneration	policy	during	2008	and	key	changes	to	the	

The	Committee	has	continued	to	review	the	remuneration	of	

the	Executive	Directors	with	regard	to	the	need	to	maintain	

a	 balance	 between	 the	 constituent	 elements	 of	 salary,	

policy	for	2009.	

Base salary and benefits

annual	bonus	and	long-term	incentives	and	other	benefits. 

The	Committee	establishes	salaries	and	benefits	by	reference	

It	

receives	 advice	

from	

independent	

remuneration	 

to	those	prevailing	in	the	employment	market	generally	for	

consultants,	 Hewitt	 New	 Bridge	 Street,	 and	 makes	

Executive	Directors	of	companies	of	comparable	status	and	

comparisons	 with	 similar	 organisations.	 No	 Directors,	

market	value,	taking	into	account	the	range	of	incentives	

other	than	the	members	of	the	Remuneration	Committee,	

provided	material	advice	to	the	Committee	on	Directors’	

remuneration.	

Remuneration policy

described	elsewhere	in	this	report,	including	a	performance	

bonus.	 Reviews	 of	 such	 base	 salary	 and	 benefits	 are	

conducted	annually	by	the	Committee.	No	increases	to	base	

salary	and	benefits	have	been	awarded	for	2009.

The	objective	of	the	Group’s	remuneration	policy	is	to	attract	

Annual bonus plan

and	retain	management	with	the	appropriate	professional,	

managerial	and	operational	expertise	necessary	to	realise	

the	Group’s	strategic	objectives	as	well	as	to	establish	a	

framework	for	remunerating	all	employees.

Annual	bonuses	for	the	Executive	Directors	are	based	on	

the	division	of	a	pool	of	profits	earned	during	the	financial	

year.	In	2008,	the	bonus	pool	for	Executive	Directors	was	

equal	 to	 3.85%	 (2007:	 3.85%)	 of	 profits	 earned	 above	

It	 is	 the	 Company’s	 policy	 that	 all	 Executive	 Directors’	

a	 threshold	 equal	 to	 half	 of	 targeted	 profits	 for	 the	 year.	 

service	 contracts	 contain	 a	 12	 month	 notice	 period. 

If	profits	exceed	1.1	times	(2007:	1.1	times)	the	targeted	

The	Non-Executive	Directors	do	not	have	service	contracts	

level,	then	an	additional	1.3%	(2007:1.3%)	of	profits	earned	

with	the	Company.	They	are	appointed	for	an	initial	three	

above	the	targeted	level	is	added	to	the	bonus	pool.	As	profit	

year	term	and	thereafter	may	be	reappointed	for	a	further	

in	2008	was	below	the	targeted	profits,	no	addition	was	

two	terms	of	three	years,	subject	to	re-election	at	Annual	

made	to	the	bonus	pool.	The	structure	of	the	Annual	Bonus	

40

michael page international

plan,	together	with	the	level	of	targeted	profits	for	2008,	 

executive’s	salary	is	paid	in	cash.	To	reward	service	over	a	

has	resulted	in	a	41%	reduction	in	the	annual	bonus	pool	for	

longer	period,	any	excess	bonus	pool	above	100%	of	the	

Executive	Directors,	compared	to	a	5%	reduction	in	profit	

individual’s	salary	level	is	deferred,	paid	into	an	employee	

before	tax.	

profits	are	defined	as	Group	profit	before	taxation,	exceptional	

items	 and	 before	 the	 Executive	 Directors’	 annual	 bonus	

charges	and	charges	or	credits	resulting	from	the	Incentive	

benefit	trust	and	invested	in	the	Company’s	shares	with	

no	matching	investment	by	the	Company.	Based	on	the	

2008	results,	the	aggregate	amount	deferred	for	the	three	

Executive	Directors	is	£1.4m	(2007:	£3.0m).

Share	plan	described	below	or	other	share	option	grants.	

Such	shares	are	reserved	for	the	executive	and	vest	in	equal	

The	bonus	pool	calculation	is	not	entirely	formulaic	as	the	

Committee	has	the	ability	to	vary	the	pool	both	up	and	down,	

annual	tranches	over	two	years,	normally	so	long	as	the	

executive	is	still	in	employment	at	that	time.

by	up	to	10%,	to	reflect	its	view	of	the	performance	of	the	

The	 Income	 Statement	 for	 the	 year	 carries	 a	 charge	 for	 

Company	relative	to	its	directly	comparable	peers.	Reflecting	

the	Directors’	annual	bonus	paid	in	cash	while	the	deferred	

the	strong	performance	of	the	business,	principally	compared	

amount	 is	 charged	 in	 subsequent	 years	 until	 the	 shares	

to	the	peer	group,	in	the	year,	the	Committee	increased	the	

vest.

2008	bonus	pool	by	10%.

In	 reviewing	 the	 remuneration	 of	 Executive	 Directors,	

The	 targeted	 level	 of	 profits	 for	 2008	 was	 £186.0m	 

the	Remuneration	Committee	concluded	that	while	total	

(2007:	£137.7m)	and	was	set	at	the	beginning	of	2008	by	

remuneration,	being	heavily	geared	to	performance,	was	

reference	to	market	expectations	and	internal	forecasts	at	

appropriate,	 the	 balance	 between	 the	 cash	 and	 equity	

that	time.	The	Committee	retains	the	discretion	to	review	

components	 needed	 to	 be	 adjusted.	 Accordingly,	 in	 the	

this	arrangement	and	set	different	rates	and	thresholds	as	

future	the	maximum	cash	element	of	the	annual	bonus	pool	

it	deems	appropriate	for	the	business.

will	be	1.5	times	salary.	

Due	to	the	highly	uncertain	economic	environment,	limited	

Incentive Share Plan for Executive Directors and 

earnings	visibility	and	the	wide	range	of	market	estimates	

Senior Employees

of	 earnings,	 the	 Committee	 agreed	 that	 setting	 a	 target	

for	 2009	 would	 have	 risked	 over	 or	 under	 rewarding	

management	for	the	performance	of	the	business	in	the	year.	

Instead,	 the	 Remuneration	 Committee	 intends	 to	 review	

the	Group’s	performance	throughout	2009	and	determine	

the	 level	 of	 bonus,	 applying	 principles	 consistent	 with	

prior	years’	bonuses,	by	reference	to	internal	and	external	

expectations	and	the	performance	of	peer	group	comparator	

companies.	

In	December	2003,	shareholders	approved	a	new	Incentive	

Share	plan	for	Executive	Directors	and	senior	employees.	 

The	current	level	of	award	is	6%	(2007:	6%)	of	Group	profits.	

Not	more	than	30%	of	this	figure	is	available	for	awards	to	the	

Executive	Directors,	with	the	balance	available	for	awards	to	

senior	employees.	Group	profits	are	defined	as	Group	profit	

before	taxation	and	before	exceptional	items	and	charges	or	

credits	resulting	from	the	plan	or	other	share	option	grants,	

as	described	below.	These	awards	are	satisfied	in	shares	

Unlike	all	other	employees	who	receive	their	annual	bonuses	

of	 the	 Company	 which	 are	 purchased	 and	 held	 by	 the	

in	cash,	the	Executive	Directors’	annual	bonus	entitlement	is	

employee	benefit	trust.

restricted	to	1	times	(2007:	1	times)	salary.	In	the	event	that	

the	Executive	Director’s	annual	bonus	entitlement	is	greater	

than	100%	of	salary,	only	an	amount	equal	to	100%	of	the	

ANNUAl	REpoRT	2008

41

The	Committee	retains	the	discretion	to	review	the	proportion	

While	the	Remuneration	Committee	believes	these	are	the	

of	profits	dedicated	to	the	Incentive	Share	plan	in	the	light	of	

most	appropriate	measures	of	the	underlying	performance	of	

the	growth	in	the	size	of	the	Company,	its	profitability	and	

the	Group,	recognising	that	recruitment	is	a	cyclical	industry,	

the	number	of	Executive	Directors.

the	Remuneration	Committee	has	reviewed	the	Incentive	

Two	thirds	of	these	shares	(“Deferred	Share	Awards”)	are	

subject	to	a	three-year	deferral	period	during	which	they	will	

be	forfeited	if	the	relevant	director	or	senior	employee	leaves,	

other	than	in	“compassionate	circumstances”.	The	remaining	

third	(“performance	Share	Awards”)	has	also	been	deferred	

for	three	years	but	is	subject		to	earnings	per	share	(“EpS”)	

growth	targets	over	the	three	year	period.	

Share	plan	with	regards	to	the	Company’s	current	operations	

and	 prospects.	 Given	 the	 highly	 uncertain	 outlook,	 the	

Remuneration	 Committee	 concluded	 that	 performance	

shares	awarded	in	March	2009	would	continue	to	be	subject	

to	existing	EpS	growth	targets,	except	they	would	be	four	

year	awards	and	use	EpS	in	2009	as	the	base	from	which	

growth	will	be	measured.	

Based	on	the	2008	results,	the	total	award	available	was	

Executive Share Option Scheme

£8,651,820.	of	this,	£2,595,546	(30%)	was	allocated	to	

The	Executive	Directors	and	senior	employees	are	eligible	

the	Executive	Directors.	Awards	totalling	£5,855,000	will	

to	 participate	 in	 the	 Executive	 Share	 option	 Scheme.	 

be	made	to	senior	employees.	Details	of	the	awards	made	

No	payment	is	required	on	the	grant	of	an	option	and	no	share	

in	2008	to	the	Executive	Directors	are	disclosed	on	pages	

options	are	granted	at	a	discount.	Benefits	received	under	

44	and	45.	

performance	share	awards	of	up	to	50%	of	a	Director’s	

or	senior	employee’s	salary	only	vest	if	EpS	grows	by	an	

average	of	5%	over	the	growth	in	UK	RpI	per	annum	over	

the	three	year	period.	Any	excess	between	50%	and	75%	

of	salary	only	vests	to	the	extent	that	EpS	grows	by	7.5%	

the	Executive	Share	option	Scheme	are	not	pensionable.	

Share	options	can	only	be	exercised	on	the	achievement	

of	performance	criteria	which	are	disclosed	in	Note	18	of	

the	Financial	Statements.	Retesting	after	the	initial	vesting	

period	is	not	permitted	for	any	grants	awarded	in	2004	and	

subsequent	years.	No	options	were	granted	to	Executive	

over	the	growth	in	UK	RpI	per	annum	over	the	three	year	

Directors	in	the	year.

period.	 Finally,	 to	 the	 extent	 that	 the	 performance	 share	

award	is	greater	than	75%	of	an	executive’s	salary,	the	hurdle	

is	10%	over	the	growth	in	UK	RpI	per	annum	over	the	three-

year	period.	If	awards	do	not	vest	after	three	years,	they	

automatically	lapse.	

42

michael page international

Emoluments

The	aggregate	emoluments,	excluding	pensions,	of	the	Directors	of	the	Company	who	served	during	the	year	were	as	follows:

2008

Executive

Steve Ingham (Note 1)

Charles-Henri Dumon

Stephen Puckett

Non-Executive

Sir Adrian Montague CBE

Stephen Box

Ruby McGregor-Smith

Dr Tim Miller

Hubert Reid

Total

2007

Executive

Steve Ingham (Note 1)

Charles-Henri Dumon

Stephen Puckett

Non-Executive

Sir Adrian Montague CBE

Stephen Box

Ruby McGregor-Smith (appointed 23 May 2007)

Dr Tim Miller

Hubert Reid

Total

notes to the emoluments:

1.	 Steve	Ingham	is	the	highest	paid	director.

Salary 
and fees 
£’000

Benefits 
(Note 2) 
£’000

Annual Bonus 
£’000

Deferred Annual 
Bonus 
£’000

Incentive Share 
Plan (Note 4) 
£’000

Total 
£’000

1,983

1,714

1,696

110

45

45

43

43

23

40

22

–

–

–

–

–

85

371

283

283

–

–

–

–

–

537

427

427

–

–

–

–

–

681

681

681

–

–

–

–

–

937

1,391

2,043

5,679

Benefits 
(Note 2) 
£’000

Annual Bonus 
£’000

Deferred Annual 
Bonus 
£’000

Incentive Share 
Plan (Note 3) 
£’000

22

139

22

–

–

–

–

–

360

275

275

–

–

–

–

–

1,173

924

924

–

–

–

–

–

673

673

673

–

–

–

–

–

Total 
£’000

2,588

2,286

2,169

101

45

26

41

40

371

283

283

110

45

45

43

43

1,223

Salary 
and fees 
£’000

360

275

275

101

45

26

41

40

1,163

183

910

3,021

2,019

7,296

2.	 	Benefits	 include,	 inter	 alia,	 items	 such	 as	 company	 car	 or	 cash	 alternative,	 fuel,	 cash	 in	 lieu	 of	 pension	 contributions,	 

and	medical	insurance.	In	2007,	an	element	of	Charles-Henri	Dumon’s	benefits	also	included	housing	and	relocation	costs.

3.	 	Represents	the	non-performance	proportion	of	the	Incentive	Share	plan	awarded	in	March	2008	and	the	performance	vesting	proportion	

of	the	March	2004	award.

4.	 	Represents	the	non-performance	proportion	of	the	Incentive	Share	plan	to	be	awarded	in	March	2009	and	the	performance	vesting	

proportion	of	the	March	2005	award.

ANNUAl	REpoRT	2008

43

Pension benefits

Executive	Directors	are	eligible	to	participate	in	the	Group	pension	plan	which	is	a	defined	contribution	scheme.	Each	Executive	

Director	receives	20%	of	their	base	salary	or	a	cash	alternative.

Pension contributions

Steve Ingham

Charles-Henri Dumon (note 1)

Stephen Puckett

2008 
£’000

2007 
£’000

74

77

57

72

38

55

1.		Charles-Henri	Dumon’s	pension	benefits	are	distorted	across	2007	and	2008	due	to	a	transition	of	local	pension	plan	

arrangements	in	early	2008	and	local	currency	movements.

Directors’ interests and share ownership requirements

Executive	Directors	are	required	to	build	and	hold,	as	a	minimum,	a	direct	beneficial	interest	in	the	Company’s	ordinary	shares	

equal	to	their	respective	base	salary.	As	at	31	December	2008,	all	Executive	Directors	complied	with	this	requirement.

The	beneficial	interests	of	the	Directors	who	served	during	the	year	and	their	families	in	the	ordinary	shares	of	the	Company	of	

1p	each	are	shown	below.	For	the	Directors	in	office	at	the	balance	sheet	date	there	has	been	no	change	in	these	interests	from	

31	December	2008	to	4	March	2009.	

Ordinary shares 
of 1p

Direct Holding

Direct Holding

Direct Holding

Direct Holding

At 1 January 2008

Acquired in year

Transferred in year

Disposal in year

1,170,000

1,202,997

373,526

15,000

–

–

–

–

135,199

–

128,674

–

–

–

–

–

At 31 December 
2008

1,305,199

1,202,997

502,200

15,000

Steve Ingham

Charles-Henri Dumon

Stephen Puckett
Stephen Box ‡
‡ Non-Executive Director

1.	 	Steve	Ingham	transferred	54,663	shares	from	the	Incentive	Share	plan	and	80,536	from	the	Deferred	Annual	Bonus	to	his	

Direct	Holding	in	the	year.

2.	 	Stephen	puckett	transferred	54,663	shares	from	the	Incentive	Share	plan	and	74,011	from	the	Deferred	Annual	Bonus	to	

his	Direct	Holding	in	the	year.

No	other	Director	has	a	holding	in	the	Company.

incentive Share plan

Details	of	awards	made	under	the	Incentive	Share	plan	that	remain	outstanding	at	31	December	2008	are	as	follows:	

Total award at 1 January 2008

Awarded during the year

Performance 
shares

Non-
performance 
shares

Total 
shares

Performance 
shares

Non-
performance 
shares

Total 
shares

Vested 
in year

Total award at 31 December 2008

Performance 
shares

Non-
performance 
shares

Total 
shares

Steve Ingham

109,833

219,666 329,499

107,562

215,122 322,684 (92,746)

186,480

372,957

559,437

Charles-Henri Dumon (Note 4)

109,833

219,666 329,499

107,562

215,122 322,684 (92,746)

186,480

372,957

559,437

Stephen Puckett

109,833

219,666 329,499

107,562

215,122 322,684 (92,746)

186,480

372,957

559,437

1.	 	The	value	of	the	award	made	under	the	Michael	page	Incentive	Share	plan	in	2008	is	£919,650	for	each	individual	Director	

and	is	based	on	the	purchase	price	of	the	Company’s	ordinary	shares	on	6	March	2008	of	285.0p.	The	market	value	of	the	

shares	vested	in	the	year	at	the	date	of	award	was	309.9p.

44

michael page international

2.	 	The	total	value	of	awards	at	31	December	2008	for	each	individual	Director	in	office	at	the	balance	sheet	date	is	£1,201,391	

and	is	calculated	using	the	closing	market	price	of	the	Company’s	ordinary	shares	at	31	December	2008	of	214.75p.	

3.	 	For	awards	made	in	2008,	the	base	EpS	for	the	performance	criteria	is	30.4p	(2007:	21.3p).

4.	 	Charles-Henri	Dumon	was	granted	deferred	share	options	to	acquire	215,122	ordinary	shares	and	performance	share	options	

to	acquire	107,562	ordinary	shares	under	the	Michael	page	Incentive	Share	plan.	These	options	have	a	nil	exercise	price	and	

do	not	accrue	dividends.	These	are	granted	in	lieu	of	deferred	shares.

5.	 	The	non-performance	shares	to	be	awarded	in	2009	have	been	included	in	the	Table	of	Emoluments	on	page	43.	

deferred Annual Bonus

As	described	on	page	41,	in	the	event	that	the	Executive	Directors’	bonus	entitlement	is	greater	than	100%	of	salary,	the	excess	

above	the	individual’s	salary	is	deferred,	invested	in	the	Company’s	shares	and	delivered	to	the	individual	in	two	equal	tranches	

on	the	first	two	anniversaries	of	the	grant.	In	2008,	a	total	of	£1.4m	will	be	awarded	to	the	Executive	Directors,	representing	this	

excess,	and	has	been	included	in	the	emoluments	table	for	the	year	as	shown	on	page	43.	There	has	been	no	charge	made	

to	the	income	statement	in	the	year	for	the	deferred	element	of	the	Annual	Bonus	plan.	The	charge	for	the	year	will	be	spread	

over	future	periods	as	described	in	the	accounting	policies	in	Note	1	on	page	60.	For	full	descriptions	of	the	performance	and	

vesting	conditions,	see	“Annual	Bonus	plan”	on	pages	40	and	41.

Details	of	awards	made	under	the	deferred	Annual	Bonus	plan	that	remain	outstanding	at	31	December	2008	are	as	follows:	

Steve Ingham

Charles-Henri Dumon

Stephen Puckett

Total award at 
1 January 2008 
(shares)

254,816

229,984

232,186

Awarded 
during the year 
(shares)

411,694

324,360

324,360

Vested in year 
(shares)

(136,645)

(125,201)

(125,573)

Total award at 
31 December 2008 
(shares)

529,865

429,143

430,973

The	average	market	value	of	the	shares	vested	in	the	year	at	the	date	of	award	was	277.0p.

Beneficial interests

The	beneficial	interests	of	the	Executive	Directors	who	served	during	the	year	and	their	families	in	share	options	of	the	Michael	

page	International	plc	Executive	Share	option	Scheme	at	31	December	2008	were	as	follows:

Steve Ingham

Charles-Henri Dumon

Stephen Puckett

Date of Grant

2001

2005

2001

2005

2001

2005

At  
1 January 
2008 
(shares)

93,471

50,000

140,209

50,000

93,471

50,000

Exercised 
in year 
(shares)

At 31 
December 
2008 
(shares)

Market price 
at date of 
exercise 
(pence)

Gains  
made on 
exercise 
(pounds) 

–

–

–

–

–

–

93,471

50,000

140,209

50,000

93,471

50,000

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Exercise price 
(pence)

Period of 
exercise

175

2004-2011

190.75

2008-2015

175

2004-2011

190.75

2008-2015

175

2004-2011

190.75

2008-2015

The	market	price	of	the	shares	at	31	December	2008	was	214.8p	with	a	range	during	the	year	of	165.5p	to	373.5p

ANNUAl	REpoRT	2008

45

total Shareholder Return (tSR)

The	graph	below	shows	Total	Shareholder	Return	(TSR)	for	the	Group	and	the	FTSE	Support	Services	index	which,	as	it	is	the	

sector	in	which	the	Company	operates,	is	considered	the	most	appropriate	comparator	index	in	the	absence	of	a	more	directly	

representative	recognised	index.	A	comparison	with	the	FTSE	250	index	is	also	given.

Versus FTSE 250 and FTSE Support Services

31 Dec 2003

31 Dec 2004

31 Dec 2005

31 Dec 2006

31 Dec 2007

31 Dec 2008

270

250

230

210

190

170

150

130

110

90

70

256.72

208.37

154.63

203.25

165.57

139.34

125.70

126.88

101.58

160.02

151.11

124.75

122.88

102.65

102.55

FTSE250

FTSE Support Services

Michael Page International

Outside appointments

The	Remuneration	Committee	recognises	that	Non-Executive	Directorships	have	significant	benefit	in	broadening	executives’	

experience.	Subject	to	review	in	each	case,	the	Remuneration	Committee’s	general	policy	is	that	Executive	Directors	may	

accept	Non-Executive	Directorships	with	other	companies,	so	long	as	there	is	no	conflict	of	interest	and	their	effectiveness	is	

not	impaired.	The	executives	are	permitted	to	retain	any	fees	for	their	service.

Service contracts

All	Executive	Directors’	service	contracts	contain	a	twelve	month	notice	period.	The	service	contracts	also	contain	restrictive	

covenants	preventing	the	Directors	from	competing	with	the	Group	for	six	months	following	the	termination	of	employment	and	

preventing	the	Directors	from	soliciting	key	employees,	clients	and	candidates	of	the	employing	company	and	Group	companies	

for	twelve	months	following	termination	of	employment.	on	termination,	any	compensation	payments	due	to	a	Director	are	

calculated	in	accordance	with	normal	legal	principles,	including	mitigation,	as	appropriate.

46

michael page international

Contract date

Unexpired term at  
31 December 2008

Notice period

Provision for 
compensation 
on early termination

Other termination 
provisions

Executive

Steve Ingham

05/03/01

no specific term

12 months

Charles-Henri Dumon

13/06/03

no specific term

12 months

Stephen Puckett

Non-Executive

Sir Adrian Montague CBE

Stephen Box

Ruby McGregor-Smith

Dr Tim Miller

Hubert Reid

Annual resolution

05/03/01

no specific term

12 months

27/02/07

27/02/07

23/05/07

13/08/08

25/02/06

14 months

14 months

17 months

32 months

2 months

None

None

None

None

None

12 months salary plus 
other contractual benefits

12 months salary plus 
other contractual benefits

12 months salary plus 
other contractual benefits

None

None

None

None

None

None

None

None

None

None

None

None

None

Shareholders	will	be	given	the	opportunity	to	approve	the	Remuneration	Report	at	the	Annual	General	Meeting	(resolution	5)	

on	22	May	2009.

Audit requirement

Within	the	Remuneration	Report,	the	sections	on	Emoluments,	and	Directors’	interests	and	share	ownership	requirements,	 

on	pages	43	to	45	inclusive,	are	audited.	All	other	sections	of	the	Remuneration	Report	are	unaudited.

Dr tim Miller

Chairman	–	Remuneration	Committee 

5	March	2009

ANNUAl	REpoRT	2008

47

Auditors’

REPORT

Independent Auditors’ Report to the Members of 

our	responsibility	is	to	audit	the	financial	statements	and	the	

Michael Page International plc

part	of	the	Directors’	Remuneration	Report	to	be	audited	in	

We	have	audited	the	group	and	parent	company	financial	

statements	 (the	 ‘‘financial	 statements’’)	 of	 Michael	 page	

accordance	with	relevant	legal	and	regulatory	requirements	

and	International	Standards	on	Auditing	(UK	and	Ireland).

International	plc	for	the	year	ended	31	December	2008	which	

We	report	to	you	our	opinion	as	to	whether	the	financial	

comprise	Consolidated	Income	Statement,	the	Consolidated	

statements	give	a	true	and	fair	view	and	whether	the	financial	

and	 parent	 Company	 Statements	 of	 Changes	 in	 Equity,	 

statements	 and	 the	 part	 of	 the	 Directors’	 Remuneration	 

the	 Consolidated	 and	 parent	 Company	 Balance	 Sheets,	 

Report	 to	 be	 audited	 have	 been	 properly	 prepared	 in	

the	Consolidated	and	parent	Company	Cash	Flow	Statements	

accordance	with	the	Companies	Act	1985	and,	as	regards	

and	the	related	notes	1	to	26.	These	financial	statements	

the	Group	financial	statements,	Article	4	of	the	IAS	Regulation.	

have	 been	 prepared	 under	 the	 accounting	 policies	 set	 

We	also	report	to	you	whether	in	our	opinion	the	information	

out	 therein.	 We	 have	 also	 audited	 the	 information	 in	 the	

given	in	the	Directors’	Report	is	consistent	with	the	financial	

Directors’	Remuneration	Report	that	is	described	as	having	

statements.	

been	audited.

In	addition	we	report	to	you	if,	in	our	opinion,	the	company	

This	 report	 is	 made	 solely	 to	 the	 company’s	 members,	 

has	 not	 kept	 proper	 accounting	 records,	 if	 we	 have	 not	

as	a	body,	in	accordance	with	section	235	of	the	Companies	

received	all	the	information	and	explanations	we	require	for	

Act	1985.	our	audit	work	has	been	undertaken	so	that	we	

our	audit,	or	if	information	specified	by	law	regarding	directors’	

might	state	to	the	company’s	members	those	matters	we	

remuneration	and	other	transactions	is	not	disclosed.

are	required	to	state	to	them	in	an	auditors’	report	and	for	

no	other	purpose.	To	the	fullest	extent	permitted	by	law,	 

we	do	not	accept	or	assume	responsibility	to	anyone	other	

than	the	company	and	the	company’s	members	as	a	body,	

for	our	audit	work,	for	this	report,	or	for	the	opinions	we	

have	formed.

Respective responsibilities of directors and auditors

We	review	whether	the	Corporate	Governance	Statement	

reflects	the	company’s	compliance	with	the	nine	provisions	

of	the	2006	Combined	Code	specified	for	our	review	by	

the	 listing	Rules	 of	 the	 Financial	 Services	 Authority,	 and	

we	report	if	it	does	not.	We	are	not	required	to	consider	

whether	the	board’s	statements	on	internal	control	cover	all	

risks	and	controls,	or	form	an	opinion	on	the	effectiveness	

of	the	Group’s	corporate	governance	procedures	or	its	risk	

The	 directors’	 responsibilities	 for	 preparing	 the	 Annual	

and	control	procedures.

Report,	 the	 Directors’	 Remuneration	 Report	 and	 the	

financial	 statements	 in	 accordance	 with	 applicable	 law	

and	International	Financial	Reporting	Standards	(IFRSs)	as	

adopted	by	the	European	Union	are	set	out	in	the	Statement	

of	Directors’	Responsibilities.

We	read	the	other	information	contained	in	the	Annual	Report	

as	described	in	the	contents	section	and	consider	whether	it	is	

consistent	with	the	audited	financial	statements.	We	consider	

the	implications	for	our	report	if	we	become	aware	of	any	

apparent	misstatements	or	material	inconsistencies	with	the	

financial	statements.	our	responsibilities	do	not	extend	to	any	

further	information	outside	the	Annual	Report.

48

michael page international

Basis of audit opinion

Opinion

We	conducted	our	audit	in	accordance	with	International	

In	our	opinion:

Standards	on	Auditing	(UK	and	Ireland)	issued	by	the	Auditing	

practices	Board.	An	audit	includes	examination,	on	a	test	

basis,	of	evidence	relevant	to	the	amounts	and	disclosures	

in	 the	 financial	 statements	 and	 the	 part	 of	 the	 Directors’	

Remuneration	 Report	 to	 be	 audited.	 It	 also	 includes	 an	

assessment	of	the	significant	estimates	and	judgments	made	

by	the	directors	in	the	preparation	of	the	financial	statements,	

and	of	whether	the	accounting	policies	are	appropriate	to	the	

group’s	and	company’s	circumstances,	consistently	applied	

and	adequately	disclosed.

•	

	the	Group	financial	statements	give	a	true	and	fair	view,	

in	accordance	with	IFRSs	as	adopted	by	the	European	

Union,	of	the	state	of	the	Group’s	affairs	as	at	31	December	

2008	and	of	its	profit	for	the	year	then	ended;

•	 	the	 parent	 company	 financial	 statements	 give	 a	 true	

and	fair	view,	in	accordance	with	IFRSs	as	adopted	by	

the	European	Union	as	applied	in	accordance	with	the	

provisions	of	the	Companies	Act	1985,	of	the	state	of	the	

parent	company’s	affairs	as	at	31	December	2008;	

We	 planned	 and	 performed	 our	 audit	 so	 as	 to	 obtain	 all	

the	 information	 and	 explanations	 which	 we	 considered	

necessary	in	order	to	provide	us	with	sufficient	evidence	

to	give	reasonable	assurance	that	the	financial	statements	

•	 	the	financial	statements	and	the	part	of	the	Directors’	

Remuneration	Report	to	be	audited	have	been	properly	

prepared	in	accordance	with	the	Companies	Act	1985	

and,	as	regards	the	Group	financial	statements,	Article	4	

and	the	part	of	the	Directors’	Remuneration	Report	to	be	

of	the	IAS	Regulation;	and

audited	are	free	from	material	misstatement,	whether	caused	

by	fraud	or	other	irregularity	or	error.	In	forming	our	opinion	

we	also	evaluated	the	overall	adequacy	of	the	presentation	

of	information	in	the	financial	statements	and	the	part	of	the	

Directors’	Remuneration	Report	to	be	audited.	

•	

	the	information	given	in	the	Directors’	Report	is	consistent	

with	the	financial	statements.

Deloitte LLP

Chartered	Accountants	and	 

Registered	Auditors,	london,	United	Kingdom 

5	March	2009

ANNUAl	REpoRT	2008

49

financial

STATEMENTS

Consolidated income statement ................................... 51

Consolidated statement of Changes in equity ............. 52

statement of Changes in equity – parent Company .... 53

Balance sheets .............................................................. 54

Cash	Flow	Statements ................................................... 55

notes to the financial statements ................................ 56

1.	

2.	

3.	

4.	

5.	

6.	

7.	

8.	

9.	

Significant	accounting	policies..........................56

Segment	reporting	...........................................61

profit	for	the	year	..............................................63

Employee	information	.......................................63

Financial	income/(expenses)	.............................64

Taxation	on	profits	on	ordinary	activities	...........64

Current	tax	assets	and	liabilities	.......................65

Dividends	.........................................................65

Earnings	per	ordinary	share	..............................65

10.	 property,	plant	and	equipment	.........................66

11.	

Intangible	assets	..............................................67

12.	

Investments......................................................67

13.	 Trade	and	other	receivables	.............................69

14.	 Trade	and	other	payables	.................................69

15.	 Bank	overdrafts	and	loans	................................70

16.	 provisions	for	liabilities	......................................70

17.	 Deferred	tax	.....................................................71

18.	 Called-up	share	capital	.....................................72

19.	 Reserves	..........................................................74

20.	 Cash	flows	from	operating	activities	.................75

21.	 Cash	and	cash	equivalents	..............................75

22.	 Financial	risk	management	...............................75

23.	 Commitments	..................................................80

24.	 Contingent	liabilities	..........................................81

25.	 Events	after	the	balance	sheet	date	.................81

26.	 Related	party	transactions	................................81

50

michael page international

Consolidated Income Statement
yEAR ENDED 31 DECEMbER 2008

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Administrative expenses

Operating profit

Financial income

Financial expenses

Profit before tax

Income tax expense

Profit for the year

Attributable to:

Equity holders of the parent

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share (pence)

Diluted earnings per share (pence)

The above results relate to continuing operations.

Note

2

2

2

5

5

6

3

9

9

2008 
£’000

972,782

(420,080)

552,702

(412,201)

140,501

3,878

(4,323)

140,056

(42,717)

97,339

2007 
£’000

831,640

(353,546)

478,094

(328,662)

149,432

1,189

(3,180)

147,441

(45,707)

101,734

97,339

101,734

30.3

29.9

31.1

30.6

ANNUAl	REpoRT	2008

51

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
AT 31 DECEMbER 2008

 Called-up 
share  
capital 
 £’000 

Share 
premium
£’000

 Capital  
redemption   
reserve 
 £’000 

Note

 Reserve 
for shares 
held in the 
employee 
benefit trust
 £’000 

 Currency  
translation  
reserve 
 £’000 

 Retained  
earnings 
 £’000 

 Total  
equity 
 £’000 

3,332

37,952

656

 (8,901)

(2,812)

50,164

80,391

–

–

–

–

(115)

–

57

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

8,683

–

–

–

(58)

8,683

3,274

46,635

–

–

–

–

115

–

–

–

–

–

115

771

–

–

–

–

–

(15,000)

–

1,161

–

–

(13,839)

8,127

8,127

–

–

8,127

8,127

–

101,734

101,734

8,127

101,734

109,861

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(59,885)

(59,885)

–

–

(15,000)

8,740

(1,161)

–

5,528

5,528

(21,785)

(21,785)

(77,303)

(82,402)

(22,740)

5,315

74,595

107,850

3,274

46,635

771

(22,740)

5,315

74,595

107,850

–

–

–

–

(67)

–

13

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2,221

–

–

–

(54)

2,221

3,220

48,856

–

–

–

–

67

–

–

–

–

–

67

838

–

–

–

–

–

(854)

–

2,516

–

–

1,662

40,064

40,064

–

–

40,064

40,064

–

97,339

97,339

40,064

97,339

137,403

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(15,985)

(15,985)

–

–

(854)

2,234

(2,516)

–

7,279

7,279

(27,263)

(27,263)

(38,485)

(34,589)

(21,078)

45,379

133,449

210,664

8

8

Group

Balance at 1 January 2007

Currency translation differences

Net income recognised directly in equity

Profit for the year

Total recognised income for the year

Purchase of own shares for cancellation

Purchase of shares held in the employee benefit trust

Issue of share capital

Transfer to reserve for shares held in the employee 
benefit trust

Credit in respect of share schemes

Dividends

Balance at 31 December 2007

Balance at 1 January 2008

Currency translation differences

Net income recognised directly in equity

Profit for the year

Total recognised income for the year

Purchase of own shares for cancellation

Purchase of shares held in the employee benefit trust

Issue of share capital

Transfer to reserve for shares held in the employee 
benefit trust

Credit in respect of share schemes

Dividends

Balance at 31 December 2008

52

michael page international

Statement of Changes in Equity – Parent Company
AT 31 DECEMbER 2008

Company

Balance at 1 January 2007

Profit for the year

Total recognised income for the year

Purchase of own shares for cancellation

Issue of share capital

Dividends

Balance at 31 December 2007

Balance at 1 January 2008

Profit for the year

Total recognised income for the year

Purchase of own shares for cancellation

Issue of share capital

Dividends

Balance at 31 December 2008

Note

 Called-up 
share capital 
£’000 

 Share  
premium
 £’000 

3,332

37,952

–

–

(115)

57

–

(58)

3,274

–

–

–

8,683

–

8,683

46,635

 Capital  
redemption   
reserve 
 £’000 

656

–

–

Retained  
earnings 
 £’000 

154,913

1,565

1,565

 Total 
 equity 
 £’000 

196,853

1, 565

1, 565

115

(59,885)

(59,885)

–

–

115

771

–

(21,785)

(81,670)

8,740

(21,785)

(72,930)

74,808

125,488

3,274

46,635

771

–

-

(67)

13

-

(54)

3,220

-

-

–

2,221

–

2,221

48,856

-

-

67

–

–

67

838

74,808

320,091

320,091

(15,985)

–

(27,263)

(43,248)

125,488

320,091

320,091

(15,985)

2,234

(27,263)

(41,014)

351,651

404,565

8

8

ANNUAl	REpoRT	2008

53

Balance Sheets
AT 31 DECEMbER 2008

Non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Investments

Deferred tax assets 

Other receivables 

Current assets

Trade and other receivables

Current tax receivable

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Non-current liabilities

Other payables

Deferred tax liabilities

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Bank overdrafts

Bank loans

Current tax payable

Total liabilities

Net assets

Capital and reserves

Called-up share capital

Share premium

Capital redemption reserve

Reserve for shares held in the employee benefit trust

Currency translation reserve

Retained earnings

Total equity

              Group

                 Company

Note

2008 
 £’000 

2007 
 £’000 

  2008 
 £’000 

  2007 
 £’000 

10

11

12

17

13

13

7

21

2

14

17

14

15

15

7

39,097

13,855

–

6,496

1,955

27,149

4,296

–

4,998

2,301

–

–

–

–

424,649

426,028

–

–

–

–

61,403

38,744

424,649

426,028

192,810

381,812

203,813

5,358

156,980

366,151

–

82,990

275,800

1,306

–

73,562

1,333

–

383,118

74,895

427,554

314,544

807,767

500,923

(1,337)

(897)

(2,234)

(680)

(17)

(697)

–

–

–

–

–

–

(137,021)

(115,405)

(340,505)

(302,702)

(62,697)

–

(14,938)

(47,433)

(25,300)

(17,859)

(62,697)

–

–

(47,433)

(25,300)

–

(214,656)

(205,997)

(403,202)

(375,435)

2

(216,890)

(206,694)

(403,202)

(375,435)

210,664

107,850

404,565

125,488

18

19

19

19

19

3,220

48,856

838

(21,078)

45,379

133,449

210,664

3,274

46,635

771

(22,740)

5,315

74,595

107,850

3,220

48,856

838

–

–

351,651

404,565

3,274

46,635

771

–

–

74,808

125,488

These	financial	statements	were	approved	by	the	Board	of	Directors	and	authorised	for	issue	on	5	March	2009. 

on	behalf	of	the	Board	of	Directors.

S ingham 

Chief	Executive	

54

S R puckett 

Group	Finance	Director

michael page international

 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
Cash Flow Statements
FOR THE yEAR ENDED 31 DECEMbER 2008

          Group

            Company

Cash generated from operations

Income tax (paid)/received

Net cash from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

Purchases of computer software

Proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment, and computer software

Interest received

Note

20

2008 
£’000

185,206

(53,409)

131,797

(17,173)

(10,260)

1,009

3,878

2007 
£’000

148,663

(36,519)

112,144

(11,927)

(1,579)

743

1,189

Net cash (used in)/received from investing activities

(22,546)

(11,574)

2008 
£’000

55,281

28

2007 
£’000

41,744

–

55,309

41,744

–

–

–

297

297

–

–

–

–

–

Cash flows from financing activities

Dividends paid

Interest paid

Proceeds from bank loan

Repayment of bank loan

Issue of own shares for the exercise of options

Purchase of own shares for cancellation

Purchase of shares held in the employee benefit trust

(27,263)

(21,785)

(27,263)

(21,785)

(4,782)

–

(2,741)

25,300

(4,556)

–

(2,397)

25,300

(25,300)

(39,150)

(25,300)

(39,150)

2,234

(15,985)

(854)

8,740

(59,885)

(15,000)

2,234

8,740

(15,985)

(59,885)

–

–

Net cash used in financing activities

(71,950)

(104,521)

(70,870)

(89,177)

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

Exchange gains on cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

21

37,301

35,557

21,425

94,283

(3,951)

35,544

3,964

35,557

(15,264)

(47,433)

–

(47,433)

–

–

(62,697)

(47,433)

ANNUAl	REpoRT	2008

55

Notes to the Financial Statements
FOR THE yEAR ENDED 31 DECEMbER 2008

1.  Significant accounting policies

Statement of compliance

The	financial	statements	have	been	prepared	under	the	historical	cost	convention	and	in	accordance	with	current	International	
Financial	Reporting	Standards	(IFRS).	The	financial	statements	have	been	prepared	in	accordance	with	IFRS	adopted	for	use	in	
the	European	Union	and	therefore	comply	with	Article	4	of	the	EU	IAS	Regulation.

Basis of preparation

The	financial	statements	of	Michael	page	International	plc	consolidate	the	results	of	the	Company	and	all	its	subsidiary	undertakings.	
As	permitted	by	Section	230	of	the	Companies	Act	1985,	the	profit	and	loss	account	of	the	Company	has	not	been	included	as	
part	of	these	financial	statements.	The	Company’s	profit	for	the	financial	year	amounted	to	£320.1m	(2007:	£1.6m).	The	increase	
in	the	Company’s	profit	this	year	is	as	a	result	of	increased	dividend	income.	The	financial	statements	have	been	prepared	on	a	
going	concern	basis.	Refer	to	page	39	for	further	details.

Basis of consolidation

(i)	

	Subsidiaries

	Subsidiaries	are	entities	controlled	by	the	Company.	Control	exists	when	the	Company	has	the	power,	directly	or	indirectly,	 
to	govern	the	financial	and	operating	policies	of	an	entity	so	as	to	obtain	benefits	from	its	activities.	In	assessing	control,	potential	
voting	rights	that	presently	are	exercisable	or	convertible	are	taken	into	account.	The	financial	statements	of	subsidiaries	are	
included	in	the	consolidated	financial	statements	from	the	date	that	control	commences	until	the	date	that	control	ceases.

(ii)	 Transactions	eliminated	on	consolidation

	Intragroup	balances	and	any	unrealised	gains	and	losses	or	income	and	expenses	arising	from	intragroup	transactions,	 
are	eliminated	in	preparing	the	consolidated	financial	statements.	Unrealised	gains	arising	from	transactions	with	associates	
and	jointly	controlled	entities	are	eliminated	to	the	extent	of	the	Group’s	interest	in	the	entity.	Unrealised	losses	are	eliminated	
in	the	same	way	as	unrealised	gains,	but	only	to	the	extent	that	there	is	no	evidence	of	impairment.

(iii)	 Employee	Benefit	Trust

	In	accordance	with	UITF	38,	Accounting	for	Employee	Share	ownership	plan	(ESop)	Trusts,	shares	in	Michael	page	International	
plc	held	by	the	trust	are	shown	as	a	reduction	in	shareholder’s	funds.	other	assets	and	liabilities	held	by	the	trust	are	consolidated	
with	the	assets	of	the	Group.

The	policies,	set	out	below,	have	been	consistently	applied	to	all	the	periods	presented.

new standards and interpretations

At	the	date	of	authorisation	of	these	financial	statements,	the	following	Standards	and	Interpretations	impacting	the	Group	which	
have	not	been	applied	in	these	financial	statements	were	in	issue	but	not	yet	effective:

IFRS	2	Revised	

IFRS	5	Revised	

IFRS	8	 	 	

IAS	1	Revised	

IAS	16	Revised	

IAS	19	Revised	

IAS	27	Revised	

IAS	32	Revised	

IAS	36	Revised	

IFRIC	16	 	

Share	Based	payments

Non	Current	Assets	Held	for	sale	and	Discontinued	operations

operating	Segments

presentation	of	Financial	Statements

property,	plant	and	Equipment

Employee	Benefits

Consolidated	and	Separate	Financial	Statements

Financial	Instruments:	presentation

Impairment	of	Assets

Hedges	of	a	Net	Investment	in	a	Foreign	operation

56

michael page international

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
1.  Significant accounting policies (continued)

new standards and interpretations (continued)

The	Directors	anticipate	that	the	adoption	of	the	above	Standards	and	Interpretations	in	future	periods	will	have	little	or	no	impact	
on	the	financial	statements	of	the	Group	when	the	relevant	Standards	come	into	effect	for	periods	commencing	on	or	after	 
1	January	2009.

a)  Revenue and income recognition

Revenue,	which	excludes	value	added	tax	(“VAT”),	constitutes	the	value	of	services	undertaken	by	the	Group	as	its	principal	
activities,	which	are	recruitment	consultancy	and	other	ancillary	services.	These	consist	of:

•	

•	

	revenue	from	temporary	placements,	which	represents	amounts	billed	for	the	services	of	temporary	staff	including	the	salary	
cost	of	these	staff.	This	is	recognised	when	the	service	has	been	provided;

	revenue	 from	 permanent	 placements	 is	 based	 on	 a	 percentage	 of	 the	 candidate’s	 remuneration	 package	 and	 is	 
derived	from	both	retained	assignments	(income	recognised	on	completion	of	defined	stages	of	work)	and	non-retained	
assignments	(income	recognised	at	the	date	an	offer	is	accepted	by	a	candidate	and	where	a	start	date	has	been	determined).	
The	latter	includes	revenue	anticipated,	but	not	invoiced,	at	the	balance	sheet	date,	which	is	correspondingly	accrued	on	the	
balance	sheet	within	prepayments	and	accrued	income.	A	provision	is	made	against	accrued	income	for	possible	cancellations	
of	placements	prior	to,	or	shortly	after,	the	commencement	of	employment;	and

•	

	revenue	from	amounts	billed	to	clients	for	expenses	incurred	on	their	behalf	(principally	advertisements)	is	recognised	when	
the	expense	is	incurred.

Interest	income	is	accrued	on	a	time	basis,	by	reference	to	the	principal	outstanding	and	at	the	effective	interest	rate	applicable.

b)  Cost of sales

Cost	of	sales	consists	of	the	salary	cost	of	temporary	staff	and	costs	incurred	on	behalf	of	clients,	principally	advertising	costs.

c)  Gross profit

Gross	profit	represents	revenue	less	cost	of	sales	and	consists	of	the	total	placement	fees	of	permanent	candidates,	the	margin	
earned	on	the	placement	of	temporary	candidates	and	the	margin	on	advertising	income.

d)  foreign currency translation

(i)	 Functional	and	presentation	currency

Items	included	in	the	financial	statements	of	each	of	the	Group’s	entities	are	measured	using	the	currency	of	the	primary	economic	
environment	in	which	the	entity	operates	(“the	functional	currency”).	The	consolidated	financial	statements	are	presented	in	sterling,	
which	is	the	Company’s	functional	and	presentation	currency.

(ii)	 Transactions	and	balances

Foreign	currency	transactions	are	translated	into	the	respective	functional	currency	using	the	exchange	rates	prevailing	at	 
the	dates	of	the	transactions.	Foreign	exchange	gains	and	losses	resulting	from	the	settlement	of	such	transactions	and	from	
the	translation	at	year	end	exchange	rates	of	monetary	assets	and	liabilities	denominated	in	foreign	currencies	are	recognised	in	
the	income	statement.

(iii)	 Group	companies

The	results	and	financial	position	of	all	the	Group	entities	(none	of	which	has	the	currency	of	a	hyperinflationary	economy)	that	have	
a	functional	currency	different	from	the	presentation	currency	are	translated	into	the	presentation	currency	as	follows:

•		assets	and	liabilities	for	each	balance	sheet	presented	are	translated	at	the	closing	rate	at	the	date	of	that	balance	sheet;

•	income	and	expenses	for	each	income	statement	are	translated	at	average	exchange	rates;	and

•	all	resulting	exchange	differences	are	recognised	as	a	separate	component	of	equity.

ANNUAl	REpoRT	2008

57

1.  Significant accounting policies (continued)

e) 

Intangible assets

(i)  Goodwill

Goodwill	represents	the	excess	of	the	cost	of	an	acquisition	over	the	fair	value	of	the	Group’s	share	of	the	net	identifiable	assets	
of	the	acquired	subsidiary	at	the	date	of	acquisition.	Goodwill	on	the	acquisition	of	subsidiaries	is	included	in	intangible	assets.

Goodwill	is	stated	at	cost	less	any	accumulated	impairment	losses.	Goodwill	is	allocated	to	cash-generating	units	and	is	not	
amortised	but	is	tested	annually	for	impairment	(see	accounting	policy	h).	Gains	and	losses	on	the	disposal	of	an	entity	include	
the	carrying	amount	of	goodwill	relating	to	the	entity	sold.

(ii)  computer software

Computer	software	acquired	by	the	Group	is	stated	at	cost	less	accumulated	amortisation	(see	below).

(iii)  Amortisation

Amortisation	is	charged	to	the	income	statement	on	a	straight-line	basis	over	the	estimated	useful	lives	of	intangible	assets	unless	
such	lives	are	indefinite.	Goodwill	has	an	indefinite	useful	life.	Computer	software	is	amortised	at	20%	per	annum.

The	cumulative	amount	of	goodwill	written	off	directly	to	retained	earnings	in	respect	of	acquisitions	prior	to	31	December	1997	
is	£311.7m	(2007:	£311.7m).

f)  Property, plant and equipment 

property,	plant	and	equipment	are	stated	at	original	cost	less	accumulated	depreciation.	Depreciation	is	calculated	to	write	off	the	
cost	less	estimated	residual	value	of	each	asset	evenly	over	its	expected	useful	life	at	the	following	rates:

•	 leasehold	improvements	

10%	per	annum	or	period	of	lease	if	shorter

•	 Furniture,	fixtures	and	equipment	

10-20%	per	annum

•	 Motor	vehicles	

25%	per	annum

g) 

Investments

Fixed	asset	investments	are	stated	at	cost	less	provision	for	impairment.

h) 

Impairment of assets

Assets	that	have	an	indefinite	useful	life	are	not	subject	to	amortisation	and	are	tested	annually	for	impairment.	An	impairment	loss	
is	recognised	for	the	amount	by	which	the	asset’s	carrying	amount	exceeds	its	recoverable	amount.	The	recoverable	amount	is	
the	higher	of	an	asset’s	fair	value	less	costs	to	sell	and	value	in	use.	For	the	purposes	of	assessing	impairment,	assets	are	grouped	
at	the	lowest	levels	for	which	there	are	separately	identifiable	cash	flows	(cash-generating	units).

A	financial	asset	is	assessed	at	each	reporting	date	to	determine	whether	there	is	any	objective	evidence	that	it	is	impaired.	 
A	financial	asset	is	considered	to	be	impaired	if	objective	evidence	indicates	that	one	or	more	events	has	had	a	negative	effect	
on	the	estimated	future	cash	flows	of	that	asset.	For	certain	categories	of	financial	asset,	such	as	trade	receivables,	assets	that	
are	assessed	not	to	be	impaired	individually	are	subsequently	assessed	for	impairment	on	a	collective	basis.	objective	evidence	
of	impairment	for	a	portfolio	of	receivables	could	include	the	Group’s	past	experience	of	collecting	payments,	an	increase	in	the	
number	of	delayed	payments	in	the	portfolio,	as	well	as	observable	changes	in	national	or	local	economic	conditions	that	correlate	
with	default	on	receivables.

The	carrying	amount	of	the	financial	asset	is	reduced	by	the	impairment	loss	directly	for	all	financial	assets	with	the	exception	of	trade	
receivables,	where	the	carrying	amount	is	reduced	through	the	use	of	an	allowance	account.	When	a	trade	receivable	is	considered	
uncollectible,	it	is	written	off	against	the	allowance	account.	Subsequent	recoveries	of	amounts	previously	written	off	are	credited	against	
the	allowance	account.	Changes	in	the	carrying	amount	of	the	allowance	account	are	recognised	in	the	income	statement.

58

michael page international

	
	
	
	
	
	
1.  Significant accounting policies (continued)

i)  taxation

Income	tax	expense	represents	the	sum	of	the	tax	currently	payable	and	deferred	tax.

The	tax	currently	payable	is	based	on	taxable	profit	for	the	year.	Taxable	profit	differs	from	profit	as	reported	in	the	income	statement	
because	it	excludes	items	of	income	or	expense	that	are	taxable	or	deductible	in	other	years	and	it	further	excludes	items	that	are	
never	taxable	or	deductible.	The	Group’s	liability	for	current	tax	is	calculated	using	tax	rates	that	have	been	enacted	or	substantively	
enacted	by	the	balance	sheet	date.

Deferred	tax	is	recognised	on	differences	between	the	carrying	amounts	of	assets	and	liabilities	in	the	financial	statements	and	the	
corresponding	tax	bases	used	in	the	computation	of	taxable	profit,	and	is	accounted	for	using	the	balance	sheet	liability	method.	
Deferred	tax	liabilities	are	generally	recognised	for	all	taxable	temporary	differences	and	deferred	tax	assets	are	recognised	to	
the	extent	that	it	is	probable	that	taxable	profits	will	be	available	against	which	deductible	temporary	differences	can	be	utilised.	 
Such	assets	and	liabilities	are	not	recognised	if	the	temporary	difference	arises	from	goodwill	or	from	the	initial	recognition	 
(other	than	in	a	business	combination)	of	other	assets	and	liabilities	in	a	transaction	that	affects	neither	the	taxable	profit	nor	the	
accounting	profit.

Deferred	tax	liabilities	are	recognised	for	taxable	temporary	differences	arising	on	investments	in	subsidiaries,	except	where	the	
Group	is	able	to	control	the	reversal	of	the	temporary	difference	and	it	is	probable	that	the	temporary	difference	will	not	reverse	
in	the	foreseeable	future.

The	carrying	amount	of	deferred	tax	assets	is	reviewed	at	each	balance	sheet	date	and	reduced	to	the	extent	that	it	is	no	longer	
probable	that	sufficient	taxable	profits	will	be	available	to	allow	all	or	part	of	the	asset	to	be	recovered.

Deferred	tax	is	calculated	at	the	tax	rates	that	are	expected	to	apply	in	the	period	when	the	liability	is	settled	or	the	asset	realised.	
Deferred	tax	is	charged	or	credited	to	the	income	statement,	except	when	it	relates	to	items	charged	or	credited	directly	to	equity,	
in	which	case	the	deferred	tax	is	also	dealt	with	in	equity.

Deferred	tax	assets	and	liabilities	are	offset	when	there	is	a	legally	enforceable	right	to	set	off	current	tax	assets	against	current	
tax	liabilities	and	when	they	relate	to	income	taxes	levied	by	the	same	taxation	authority	and	the	Group	intends	to	settle	its	current	
tax	assets	and	liabilities	on	a	net	basis.

j)  Pension costs

The	Group	operates	defined	contribution	pension	schemes.	The	assets	of	the	schemes	are	held	separately	from	those	of	the	
Group	in	independently	administered	funds.	The	pension	costs	charged	to	the	income	statement	represent	the	contributions	
payable	by	the	Group	to	the	funds	during	each	period.

k)  Leased assets

leases	are	classified	as	finance	leases	whenever	the	terms	of	the	lease	transfer	substantially	all	the	risks	and	rewards	of	ownership	
to	the	lessee.	All	other	leases	are	classified	as	operating	leases.

Assets	held	under	finance	leases	are	recognised	as	assets	of	the	Group	at	their	fair	value	at	the	inception	of	the	lease	or,	if	lower,	
at	the	present	value	of	the	minimum	lease	payments.	The	corresponding	liability	to	the	lessor	is	included	in	the	balance	sheet	
as	a	finance	lease	obligation.	lease	payments	are	apportioned	between	finance	charges	and	reduction	of	the	lease	obligation	
so	as	to	achieve	a	constant	rate	of	interest	on	the	remaining	balance	of	the	liability.	Finance	charges	are	charged	to	the	income	
statement.

leases	in	which	a	significant	portion	of	the	risks	and	rewards	of	ownership	are	retained	by	the	lessor	are	classed	as	operating	leases.	
Rentals	under	operating	leases	are	charged	to	the	income	statement	on	a	straight-line	basis	over	the	term	of	the	lease.	Benefits	
received	and	receivable	as	an	incentive	to	enter	into	an	operating	lease	are	also	spread	on	a	straight-line	basis	over	the	lease	term.

l)  Segment reporting

The	consolidated	entity	operates	in	one	business	segment	being	that	of	recruitment	services	(primary	segment).	As	a	result	no	
additional	business	segment	information	is	required	to	be	provided.	The	consolidated	entity	operates	in	four	geographic	segments	
(secondary	segment),	EMEA,	the	United	Kingdom,	Asia	pacific	and	the	Americas.

ANNUAl	REpoRT	2008

59

1.  Significant accounting policies (continued)

m)  Dividend distribution

Dividend	distribution	to	the	Company’s	shareholders	is	recognised	as	a	liability	in	the	Group’s	financial	statements	in	the	period	
in	which	the	dividends	are	approved	by	the	Company’s	shareholders.

n)  Share-based compensation

The	Group	operates	a	number	of	equity-settled,	share-based	compensation	plans.	Their	accounting	treatments	are	described	below:

(i)  Share option schemes

The	fair	value	of	the	employee	services	received	in	exchange	for	the	grant	of	the	options	is	recognised	as	an	expense.	The	total	
amount	to	be	expensed	over	the	vesting	period	is	determined	by	reference	to	the	fair	value	of	the	options	granted,	excluding	the	
impact	of	any	non-market	vesting	conditions	(for	example,	earnings	per	share).	Non-market	vesting	conditions	are	included	in	
assumptions	about	the	number	of	options	that	are	expected	to	become	exercisable.	At	each	balance	sheet	date,	the	estimate	of	the	
number	of	options	that	are	expected	to	become	exercisable	is	revised.	The	Group	recognises	the	impact	of	the	revision	of	original	
estimates,	if	any,	in	the	income	statement,	and	the	corresponding	adjustment	to	equity	over	the	remaining	vesting	period.

(ii)  deferred Annual Bonus and long term incentive plans

Where	deferred	awards	are	made	to	Directors	and	senior	executives	under	either	the	Incentive	Share	plan	or	the	Annual	Bonus	
Scheme,	to	reflect	that	the	awards	are	for	services	over	a	longer	period,	the	value	of	the	expected	award	is	charged	to	the	income	
statement	on	a	straight-line	basis	over	the	vesting	period	to	which	the	award	relates.

o)  Repurchase of share capital

When	share	capital	recognised	as	equity	is	repurchased,	the	amount	of	the	consideration	paid,	including	any	directly	attributable	
costs,	is	recognised	as	a	change	in	equity.

p)  Provisions

A	provision	is	recognised	in	the	balance	sheet	when	the	Group	has	a	present	legal	or	constructive	obligation	as	a	result	of	a	past	
event,	and	it	is	probable	that	an	outflow	of	economic	benefits	will	be	required	to	settle	the	obligation.	provisions	are	measured	at	
the	Directors’	best	estimate	of	the	expenditure	required	to	settle	the	obligation	at	the	balance	sheet	date,	and	are	discounted	to	
present	value	where	the	effect	is	material.

q)  Borrowing costs

All	borrowing	costs	are	accrued	in	the	income	statement	on	a	time	basis.

r)  financial assets and liabilities

Financial	assets	and	liabilities	are	recognised	in	the	Group’s	balance	sheet	when	the	Group	becomes	a	party	to	the	contractual	
provisions	 of	 the	 instrument.	 Non-derivative	 financial	 instruments	 comprise	 trade	 and	 other	 receivables,	 cash	 and	 cash	 
equivalents,	loans	and	borrowings,	and	trade	and	other	payables.

Trade	receivables,	loans,	and	other	receivables	that	have	fixed	or	determinable	payments	that	are	not	quoted	in	an	active	market	
are	classified	as	loans	and	receivables.	loans	and	receivables	are	measured	at	amortised	cost	using	the	effective	interest	method,	
less	any	impairment.	Interest	income	is	recognised	by	applying	the	effective	interest	rate,	except	for	short-term	receivables	when	
the	recognition	of	interest	would	be	immaterial.

Cash	and	cash	equivalents	includes	cash-in-hand,	deposits	held	at	call	with	banks,	and	other	short-term	highly	liquid	investments	
with	original	maturities	of	three	months	or	less.	Bank	overdrafts	that	are	repayable	on	demand	and	form	an	integral	part	of	the	Group’s	
cash	management	are	included	as	a	component	of	cash	and	cash	equivalents	for	the	purpose	of	the	statement	of	cash	flows.

Trade	and	other	payables	are	stated	at	cost.	other	financial	liabilities,	including	borrowings,	are	initially	measured	at	fair	value,	 
net	of	transaction	costs.

The	Group	have	derivative	contracts	at	the	balance	sheet	date	that	have	been	valued	at	fair	value	through	the	income	statement

60

michael page international

1.  Significant accounting policies (continued)

s)  Critical accounting estimates and judgements

The	preparation	of	financial	statements	in	conformity	with	IFRS	requires	the	use	of	certain	critical	accounting	estimates	and	
judgements.	It	also	requires	management	to	exercise	judgement	in	the	process	of	applying	the	Company’s	accounting	policies.	
Estimates	and	judgements	are	continually	evaluated	and	are	based	on	historical	experience	and	other	factors,	including	expectations	
of	future	events	that	are	believed	to	be	reasonable	under	the	circumstances.	Management	anticipate	that	any	estimates	and	
judgements	made	do	not	have	a	material	effect	on	the	results.

In	particular,	information	about	significant	areas	of	estimation	uncertainty	and	critical	judgements	in	applying	accounting	policies	
that	have	the	most	significant	effect	on	the	amount	recognised	in	the	financial	statements	are	described	in	the	following	notes:

•	 Note	1	–	revenue	recognition

•	 Note	17	–	utilisation	of	tax	losses

•	 Note	18	–	measurement	of	share-based	payments

2.  Segment reporting

The	consolidated	entity	operates	in	one	business	segment,	being	that	of	recruitment	services,	and	this	is	the	Group’s	primary	
segment.	As	a	result,	no	additional	business	segment	information	is	required	to	be	provided.	The	Group’s	secondary	segment	is	
geography.	The	segment	results	by	geography	are	shown	below:

(a)  Revenue, gross profit and operating profit by geographic region

EMEA

United Kingdom

Asia Pacific                      Australia and New Zealand

                                        Other

                                        Total

Americas

          Revenue

          Gross Profit

          Operating Profit

2008 
£’000

2007 
£’000

2008 
£’000

2007 
£’000

2008 
£’000

2007 
£’000

426,436

321,102

258,772

196,421

66,271

63,013

365,602

360,395

176,685

186,024

83,643

27,800

111,443

69,301

72,020

25,741

97,761

52,382

40,521

26,254

66,775

50,470

32,855

24,366

57,221

38,428

46,557

12,760

9,591

22,351

5,322

59,412

9,899

10,922

20,821

6,186

972,782

831,640

552,702

478,094

140,501

149,432

The	above	analysis	by	destination	is	not	materially	different	to	the	analysis	by	origin.

The	analysis	below	is	of	the	carrying	amount	of	segment	assets,	liabilities	and	capital	expenditure.	Segment	assets	and	liabilities	
include	items	directly	attributable	to	a	segment	as	well	as	those	that	can	be	allocated	on	a	reasonable	basis.	The	individual	
geographic	segments	exclude	income	tax	assets	and	liabilities.	Capital	expenditure	comprises	additions	to	property,	plant	and	
equipment,	motor	vehicles	and	computer	hardware/software.

ANNUAl	REpoRT	2008

61

	
	
	
2.  Segment reporting (continued)

(b)  Segment assets, liabilities and capital expenditure by geographic region

EMEA

United Kingdom

Asia Pacific                      Australia and New Zealand

                                       Other

                                       Total

Americas

              Total Assets

              Total Liabilities

        Capital Expenditure

2008
£’000

2007
£’000

2008
£’000

2007
£’000

212,004

165,719

79,517

58,325

2008
£’000

7,114

128,338

89,679

104,697

114,622

15,284

28,129

24,473

52,602

29,252

22,899

15,672

38,571

20,575

6,943

2,680

9,623

8,115

7,103

2,738

9,841

6,047

1,640

717

2,357

2,678

2007
£’000

5,934

5,043

436

303

739

1,790

Segment assets/liabilities/capital expenditure

422,196

314,544

201,952

188,835

27,433

13,506

Income tax

5,358

–

14,938

17,859

427,554

314,544

216,890

206,694

The	above	table	is	shown	gross	of	the	effect	of	the	multi-currency	notional	cash	pool.	Were	the	cash	pool	to	be	shown	on	a	net	
basis,	this	would	reduce	both	the	total	liabilities	in	the	UK	and	the	total	assets	in	EMEA	by	£62.7m	each.	Further	information	on	
the	notional	cash	pool	is	provided	in	Note	21	on	page	75.

(c)  Revenue and gross profit by discipline

Finance and Accounting

Marketing, Sales and Retail

Legal, Technology, HR, Secretarial and Other

Engineering, Property & Construction, Procurement & Supply Chain

          Revenue

          Gross Profit

2008 
£’000

541,984

140,599

168,167

122,032

972,782

2007 
£’000

496,506

119,103

134,908

81,123

2008 
£’000

273,017

103,907

93,193

82,585

2007 
£’000

258,667

89,910

73,835

55,682

831,640

552,702

478,094

(d)  Revenue and gross profit generated from permanent and temporary placements

Permanent

Temporary

          Revenue

          Gross Profit

2008 
£’000

448,403

524,379

972,782

2007 
£’000

392,583

439,057

831,640

2008 
£’000

425,655

127,047

552,702

2007 
£’000

371,998

106,096

478,094

The	above	analyses	in	notes	(a)	operating	profit	by	geographic	region,	(b)	segment	liabilities	by	geographic	region,	(c)	revenue	and	
gross	profit	by	discipline	(being	the	professions	of	candidates	placed)	and	(d)	revenue	and	gross	profit	generated	from	permanent	
and	temporary	placements	have	been	included	as	additional	disclosure	over	and	above	the	requirements	of	IAS14	“Segment	
Reporting”.

62

michael page international

3.  Profit for the year

Profit for the year is stated after charging/(crediting):

Employment costs (Note 4)

Exchange gains*

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment - owned

Amortisation of computer software

Fees payable to the company’s auditors for the audit of the company’s annual accounts

Fees payable to the company’s auditors and their associates for other services to the group:

                                                                  -  The audit of the company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation

Total audit fees

                                                                  - Other services pursuant to legislation

                                                                  - Tax services

                                                                  - Other services

Total non-audit fees

Total fees

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment, and computer software

Operating lease rentals                                - land and buildings

                                                                  - plant and machinery

2008 
£’000

2007 
£’000

308,421

224,743

(4,766)

9,144

1,173

65

459

524

32

110

20

162

686

596

(240)

6,726

934

69

477

546

26

162

10

198

744

91

20,198

4,294

16,416

3,774

*This	includes	£987k	(2007:	£502k)	of	gains	on	foreign	exchange	swaps	that	economically	hedge	the	fair	value	of	loans	with	
subsidiaries,	but	for	which	hedge	accounting	was	not	applied.	This	comprises	a	gain	of	£1,040k	(2007:	£738k),	which	is	directly	
offset	by	foreign	exchange	losses	on	the	underlying	intercompany	loans,	with	an	offsetting	£53k	(2007:	£236k)	charge	relating	
to	interest	differentials.

4.  Employee information

The	average	number	of	employees	(including	Executive	Directors)	during	the	year	and	total	number	of	employees	(including	
Executive	Directors)	at	31	December	2008	were	as	follows:

Management

Client services

Administration

Employment	costs	(including	Directors’	emoluments)	comprised:

2008 
Average No.

2007 
Average No.

2008 
Total No.

2007 
Total No.

182

3,877

1,303

5,362

163

3,153

1,089

4,405

183

3,471

1,289

4,943

179

3,658

1,215

5,052

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Pension costs - defined contribution plans

Equity settled transactions

2008 
£’000

2007 
£’000

259,734

186,873

33,332

24,096

8,688

6,667

7,017

6,757

308,421

224,743

Details	of	Directors’	remuneration	for	the	year	are	provided	in	the	Directors’	Remuneration	Report	on	pages	40	to	47.

No	staff	are	employed	by	the	parent	company	(2007:	nil)	hence	no	remuneration	has	been	disclosed.

ANNUAl	REpoRT	2008

63

5.  Financial income/(expenses)

Financial income

Bank interest receivable

Financial expenses

Bank interest payable

6.  Taxation on profits on ordinary activities

The	charge	for	taxation	is	based	on	the	annual	tax	rate	of	30.5%	on	profit	before	tax	(2007:	31.0%).

Analysis of charge in the year

UK income tax at 28.5% (2007: 30.0%) for year

Adjustments in respect of prior periods

Overseas income tax

Deferred tax expense

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

Reduction in tax rate

(Benefit)/charge of tax losses recognised

Deferred tax (benefit)/expense

Total income tax expense in the income statement

Reconciliation of effective tax rate

Profit before taxation

Profit on ordinary activities before tax multiplied by the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK

Effects of:

Disallowable items and other permanent timing differences

Unrelieved overseas losses

Utilisation of losses not previously recognised

Recognition of further losses not previously recognised

Higher tax rates on overseas earnings

Adjustment to tax charge in respect of prior periods

Tax expense and effective rate for the year

Tax recognised directly in equity

Relating to equity settled transactions

2008 
£’000

140,056

39,916

893

716

(146)

730

972

(364)

42,717

%

28.5

0.5

0.5

(0.1)

0.5

0.8

(0.2)

30.5

2008 
£’000

2007 
£’000

3,878

1,189

(4,323)

(3,180)

2008 
£’000

19,636

(364)

24,073

43,345

946

–

(1,574)

(628)

42,717

2007 
£’000

147,441

44,232

715

416

–

–

1,485

(1,141)

45,707

2008 
£’000

(611)

2007 
£’000

22,518

(1,141)

23,866

45,243

(1,228)

(16)

1,708

464

45,707

%

30.0

0.5

0.3

–

–

1.0

(0.8)

31.0

2007 
£’000

833

64

michael page international

 
7.  Current tax assets and liabilities

The	current	tax	asset	of	£5.4m	(2007:	£nil),	and	current	tax	liability	of	£14.9m	(2007:	£17.9m)	for	the	Group,	and	current	tax	asset	
of	£1.3m	(2007:	£1.3m)	for	the	parent	company,	represent	the	amount	of	income	taxes	recoverable	and	payable	in	respect	of	
current	and	prior	periods.

8.  Dividends

Amounts recognised as distributions to equity holders in the year:

Final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2007 of 5.6p per ordinary share (2006: 4.2p)

Interim dividend for the year ended 31 December 2008 of 2.88p per ordinary share (2007: 2.4p)

2008
£’000

17,934

9,329

27,263

2007
£’000

13,979

7,806

21,785

Amounts proposed as distributions to equity holders:

Proposed final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2008 of 5.12p per ordinary share (2007: 5.6p)

16,316

17,984

The	proposed	final	dividend	had	not	been	approved	by	shareholders	at	31	December	2008	and	therefore	has	not	been	included	
as	a	liability.	The	comparative	final	dividend	at	31	December	2007	was	also	not	recognised	as	a	liability	in	the	prior	year.

The	proposed	final	dividend	of	5.12p	(2007:	5.6p)	per	ordinary	share	will	be	paid	on	8	June	2009	to	shareholders	on	the	register	
at	the	close	of	business	on	8	May	2009,	subject	to	approval	by	shareholders.

When	the	Company	pays	a	dividend	to	shareholders,	there	may	be	income	tax	consequences.	The	impact	will	depend	upon	the	
individual	circumstances	of	the	shareholder.

9.  Earnings per ordinary share

The	calculation	of	the	basic	and	diluted	earnings	per	share	is	based	on	the	following	data:

Earnings

Earnings for basic and diluted earnings per share (£‘000)

Number of shares

Weighted average number of shares used for basic earnings per share (‘000)

Dilution effect of share plans (‘000)

Diluted weighted average number of shares used for diluted earnings per share (‘000)

Basic earnings per share (pence)

Diluted earnings per share (pence)

The	above	results	relate	to	continuing	operations.

Basic

2008

97,339

2007

101,734

321,475

327,528

4,178

5,353

325,653

332,881

30.3

29.9

31.1

30.6

Basic	earnings	per	share	is	calculated	by	dividing	the	profit	attributable	to	equity	holders	of	the	Company	by	the	weighted	 
average	number	of	ordinary	shares	in	issue	during	the	year,	excluding	ordinary	shares	purchased	by	the	Employee	Benefit	Trust	
and	held	in	the	reserve.

ANNUAl	REpoRT	2008

65

9.  Earnings per ordinary share (continued)

Diluted

Diluted	earnings	per	share	is	calculated	by	adjusting	the	weighted	average	number	of	ordinary	shares	outstanding	to	assume	
conversion	of	all	dilutive	potential	ordinary	shares.	This	calculation	determines	the	number	of	shares	that	could	have	been	acquired	
at	fair	value	(determined	as	the	average	market	price	of	the	Company’s	shares)	based	on	the	monetary	value	of	the	subscription	
rights	attached	to	the	outstanding	share	options.	The	number	of	shares	calculated	in	the	basic	earnings	per	share	is	then	
adjusted	to	reflect	the	number	of	shares	deemed	to	be	issued	for	nil	consideration	as	a	result	of	the	potential	exercise	of	existing	 
share	options.

The	remaining	share	options	that	are	currently	not	dilutive	and	hence	excluded	from	the	dilutive	earnings	per	share	calculation	
remain	potentially	dilutive	until	they	are	either	exercised	or	they	lapse.

Potential future ordinary share transactions

It	remains	the	Company’s	intention	to	use	surplus	cash	to	repurchase	and	cancel	its	shares.

10. Property, plant and equipment

2008

Leasehold 
improvements 
£’000

Furniture, 
fixtures and 
equipment 
£’000

Motor 
vehicles 
£’000

Leasehold 
improvements 
£’000

Total 
£’000

2007

Furniture, 
fixtures and 
equipment 
£’000

20,877

34,831

7,068

8,693

2,581

1,412

58,289

17,173

17,085

30,442

4,519

6,206

(2,890)

(4,415)

(1,037)

(8,342)

(1,520)

(3,445)

Motor 
vehicles 
£’000

2,241

1,202

(919)

Total 
£’000

49,768

11,927

(5,884)

Group

Cost

At 1 January

Additions

Disposals

Effect of movements in foreign exchange

4,129

6,786

152

11,067

793

1,628

57

2,478

At 31 December

Depreciation

At 1 January

Charge for the year

Disposals

29,184

45,895

3,108

78,187

20,877

34,831

2,581

58,289

9,944

3,235

20,272

5,163

924

746

31,140

9,144

8,614

2,299

18,817

3,792

787

635

28,218

6,726

(2,052)

(4,147)

(589)

(6,788)

(1,329)

(3,244)

(525)

(5,098)

Effect of movements in foreign exchange

1,972

3,535

87

5,594

13,099

24,823

1,168

39,090

360

9,944

907

20,272

27

924

1,294

31,140

16,085

21,072

1,940

39,097

10,933

14,559

1,657

27,149

At 31 December

Net book value

At 31 December

66

michael page international

11. Intangible assets

Group

Cost

At 1 January

Additions

Disposals

Effect of movements in foreign exchange

At 31 December

Amortisation

At 1 January

Charge for the year

Disposals

Effect of movements in foreign exchange

At 31 December

Net book value

At 31 December

Impairment tests for goodwill

2008

2007

Computer 
software 
£’000

Goodwill 
£’000

Total 
£’000

Computer 
software 
£’000

Goodwill 
£’000

Total 
£’000

7,340

10,260

(381)

1,430

18,649

4,583

1,173

(330)

907

6,333

1,539

–

–

–

1,539

–

–

–

–

–

8,879

10,260

(381)

1,430

20,188

4,583

1,173

(330)

907

6,333

5,931

1,579

(517)

347

7,340

3,872

934

(470)

247

4,583

1,539

–

–

–

1,539

–

–

–

–

–

7,470

1,579

(517)

347

8,879

3,872

934

(470)

247

4,583

12,316

1,539

13,855

2,757

1,539

4,296

Goodwill	is	allocated	to	the	Group’s	cash-generating	units	(CGUs)	identified	according	to	the	country	of	operation.

A	summary	of	the	goodwill	allocation	is	presented	below.

UK

USA

Singapore

2008 
£’000

1,274

214

51

1,539

2007 
£’000

1,274

214

51

1,539

In	assessing	value	in	use,	the	estimated	future	cash	flows	are	calculated	by	preparing	cash	flow	forecasts	derived	from	the	most	
recent	financial	budget	and	an	assumed	growth	rate	of	5%,	which	does	not	exceed	the	long-term	average	growth	rate	of	the	
relevant	markets.	Management	applied	a	discount	rate	of	11.1%	to	the	estimated	future	cash	flows	to	calculate	the	terminal	value	
of	those	cash	flows.	If	the	recoverable	amount	of	an	asset	is	estimated	to	be	less	than	its	carrying	amount,	the	carrying	amount	
of	the	asset	is	reduced	to	its	recoverable	amount.	An	impairment	loss	is	recognised	as	an	expense.

The	Group	tests	goodwill	annually	for	impairment,	or	more	frequently	if	there	are	indications	that	goodwill	might	be	impaired.	 
It	is	the	opinion	of	the	Directors	that	at	31	December	2008	there	was	no	impairment	of	intangible	assets.

12.  Investments

Company

Cost

At 1 January 2008

Derecognised on vesting of LTIP’s and deferred bonus shares

At 31 December 2008

Subsidiary 
undertakings 
£’000

426,028

(1,379)

424,649

Total 
£’000

426,028

(1,379)

424,649

The	derecognition	of	assets	represents	the	decrease	of	the	parent	company’s	holding	of	own	shares	which	have	vested	and	
transferred	to	beneficial	holders.

ANNUAl	REpoRT	2008

67

12.  Investments (continued)

The	Company’s	principal	subsidiary	undertakings	at	31	December	2008,	their	principal	activities	and	countries	of	incorporation	
are	set	out	below:

Name of undertaking

Michael Page Recruitment Group Limited

Michael Page Holdings Limited

Michael Page International Recruitment Limited*

Michael Page UK Limited

Michael Page Limited

Page Personnel (UK) Limited

Michael Page International GmbH

Michael Page International (Belgium) NV/SA

Page Interim (Belgium) NV/SA

Michael Page International (France) SAS

Page Personnel SAS

Michael Page International (Deutschland) GmbH

Michael Page International (Ireland) Limited

Michael Page International Italia Srl

Page Personnel Italia SpA

Michael Page International (Luxembourg)

Michael Page International (Nederland) BV

Page Interim BV

Michael Page International (Poland) Sp.Z.O.O

Michael Page International Empressa de Trabalho Temporário e Serviços de Consultadoria Lda

Michael Page International RU LLC

Michael Page International (SA) (Pty) Limited

Michael Page International (Espana) SA

Page Personnel (Espana) SA

Michael Page International (Sweden) AB

Michael Page International (Switzerland) SA

Michael Page International NEM Istihdam Danismanligi Limited Sirketi

Michael Page International (UAE) Limited

Michael Page International (Australia) Pty Limited

Michael Page International (Hong Kong) Limited

Michael Page International (Japan) K.K.

Michael Page International (New Zealand) Limited.

Michael Page International Pte Limited*

Michael Page International Argentina SA

Michael Page International (Brasil) SC Ltda

Michael Page International Canada Limited

Michael Page International Mexico Reclutamiento Especializado, S.A. de C.V.

Michael Page International Inc*

Country of incorporation

Principal activity

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

United Kingdom

Austria

Belgium

Belgium

France

France

Germany

Ireland

Italy

Italy

Luxembourg

Netherlands

Netherlands

Poland

Portugal

Russia

South Africa

Spain

Spain

Sweden

Switzerland

Turkey

Holding company

Support services

Recruitment consultancy

Recruitment consultancy

Recruitment consultancy

Recruitment consultancy

Recruitment consultancy

Recruitment consultancy

Recruitment consultancy

Recruitment consultancy

Recruitment consultancy

Recruitment consultancy

Recruitment consultancy

Recruitment consultancy

Recruitment consultancy

Recruitment consultancy

Recruitment consultancy

Recruitment consultancy

Recruitment consultancy

Recruitment consultancy

Recruitment consultancy

Recruitment consultancy

Recruitment consultancy

Recruitment consultancy

Recruitment consultancy

Recruitment consultancy

Recruitment consultancy

United Arab Emirates

Recruitment consultancy

Australia

Hong Kong

Japan

New Zealand

Singapore

Argentina

Brazil

Canada

Mexico

United States

Recruitment consultancy

Recruitment consultancy

Recruitment consultancy

Recruitment consultancy

Recruitment consultancy

Recruitment consultancy

Recruitment consultancy

Recruitment consultancy

Recruitment consultancy

Recruitment consultancy

*The	equity	of	these	subsidiary	undertakings	is	held	directly	by	Michael	page	International	plc.	All	companies	have	been	included	
in	the	consolidation	and	operate	principally	in	their	country	of	incorporation.

The	percentage	of	the	issued	share	capital	held	is	equivalent	to	the	percentage	of	voting	rights	held.	The	Group	holds	100%	of	all	
classes	of	issued	share	capital.	The	share	capital	of	all	the	subsidiary	undertakings	comprise	ordinary	shares,	with	the	exception	
of	Michael	page	International	Recruitment	limited	which	comprises	1	ordinary	share	and	421,544,426	preference	shares.

68

michael page international

13. Trade and other receivables

Current

Trade receivables

Less provision for impairment of receivables

Net trade receivables

Amounts due from Group companies

Other receivables

Prepayments and accrued income

Non-current

Prepayments and accrued income

          Group

          Company

2008
£’000

2007
£’000

2008 
£’000

2007 
£’000

176,077

164,605

(7,708)

(3,733)

168,369

160,872

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

6,888

28,556

–

381,457

73,516

4,632

27,306

–

355

–

46

203,813

192,810

381,812

73,562

1,955

2,301

–

–

All	non-current	receivables	are	due	within	five	years	from	the	balance	sheet	date.

The	Group’s	exposure	to	credit	and	currency	risks	and	impairment	losses	related	to	trade	and	other	receivables	is	disclosed	in	
Note	22.

14. Trade and other payables

Current

Trade payables

Amounts owed to Group companies

Other tax and social security

Other payables

Accruals

Deferred income

Non-current

Deferred income

Other tax and social security

          Group

          Company

2008 
£’000

2007 
£’000

2008 
£’000

2007 
£’000

9,780

–

40,332

18,742

67,872

295

7,217

–

–

–

340,505

302,242

37,122

13,200

57,209

657

–

–

–

–

–

–

460

–

137,021

115,405

340,505

302,702

1,192

145

1,337

475

205

680

–

–

–

–

–

–

The	fair	values	of	trade	and	other	payables	are	not	materially	different	to	those	disclosed	above.	There	is	no	material	effect	on	
pre-tax	profit	if	the	instruments	are	accounted	for	at	fair	value	or	amortised	cost.

The	total	liability	relating	to	other	tax	and	social	security	includes	a	balance	of	£0.8m	(2007:	£1.1m)	relating	to	social	charges	on	
share	based	payments.

The	Group’s	exposure	to	currency	and	liquidity	risk	related	to	trade	and	other	payables	is	disclosed	in	Note	22.

ANNUAl	REpoRT	2008

69

15. Bank overdrafts and loans

Bank overdrafts

Bank loans

              Group

               Company

2008 
£’000

62,697

–

62,697

2007 
£’000

47,433

25,300

72,733

2008 
£’000

62,697

–

62,697

2007 
£’000

47,433

25,300

72,733

The	borrowings	stated	above	are	repayable	on	demand	or	otherwise	within	one	year.

The	carrying	amounts	of	the	Group’s	borrowings	are	all	denominated	in	sterling.

Bank	overdrafts	are	repayable	on	demand.	

At	31	December	2008,	the	Group	had	available	£50.0m	(2007:	£31.7m)	of	undrawn	committed	borrowing	facilities	in	respect	of	
which	all	conditions	precedent	had	been	met.

The	bank	overdraft	of	£62.7m	arises	as	a	result	of	disclosing	our	notional	pooling	on	a	“gross”	basis.	on	a	net	basis	the	bank	
overdraft	balance	is	£nil	as	disclosed	in	note	21.

The	Group’s	exposure	to	interest	rate,	foreign	currency	and	liquidity	risk	for	financial	assets	and	liabilities	is	disclosed	in	Note	22.

16. Provisions for liabilities

At 1 January

Utilised in year

At 31 December

         Group

                Company

2008 
£’000

–

–

–

2007 
£’000

192

(192)

–

2008 
£’000

2007 
£’000

–

–

–

–

–

–

70

michael page international

17. Deferred tax

The	following	are	the	major	deferred	tax	assets	and	liabilities	recognised	by	the	Group,	and	the	movements	thereon,	during	the	
current	and	prior	reporting	periods.

At 1 January 2007

Recognised in equity for the year

Recognised in profit or loss for the year

Exchange differences

At 1 January 2008

Recognised in equity for the year

Recognised in profit or loss for the year

Exchange differences

At 31 December 2008

Accelerated tax 
depreciation 
£’000

Share-based 
payments 
£’000

Tax losses 
£’000

(5,686)

3,652

87

–

(3,114)

–

1,708

384

Other 
£’000

(935)

–

(1,261)

–

Total 
£’000

(9,447)

3,652

430

384

(1,947)

(1,022)

(2,196)

(4,981)

24

508

–

–

(1,624)

–

–

474

–

24

(642)

–

184

(1,415)

(2,646)

(1,722)

(5,599)

288

–

(104)

–

184

–

–

–

Certain	deferred	tax	assets	and	liabilities	have	been	offset	in	accordance	with	the	Group’s	accounting	policy.	The	following	is	the	
analysis	of	the	deferred	tax	balances	(after	offset)	for	balance	sheet	purposes:

Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities

2008 
£’000

(6,496)

897

5,599

2007 
£’000

(4,998)

17

(4,981)

At	31	December	2008,	unremitted	earnings	of	overseas	Group	companies	amounted	to	£104.6m	(2007:	£78.6m).	Unremitted	
earnings	may	be	liable	to	some	overseas	and	UK	tax	(after	allowing	for	double	taxation	relief)	if	they	were	to	be	distributed	as	
dividends.	However,	no	tax	is	expected	to	be	payable	due	to	the	split	of	unremitted	earnings	between	lower	taxed	jurisdictions	
and	higher	taxed	jurisdictions.

Certain	of	the	Group’s	overseas	operations	have	current	and	prior	year	tax	losses,	the	future	utilisation	of	which	is	uncertain.	
Accordingly	the	Group	has	not	recognised	a	deferred	tax	asset	of	£1.4m	(2007:	£1.3m)	in	respect	of	tax	losses	of	overseas	
companies.	These	tax	losses	are	available	to	offset	future	taxable	profits	in	the	respective	jurisdictions.

All	of	the	deferred	tax	asset	for	losses	of	£2.6m	is	dependent	on	generating	future	taxable	profits.	of	the	recognised	deferred	tax	
asset,	£1.5m	is	recognised	within	territories	that	were	loss	making	in	the	current	year.

ANNUAl	REpoRT	2008

71

18. Called-up share capital

Authorised

Ordinary shares of 1p each

Allotted, called-up and fully paid

At 1 January

Shares issued

Cancellation of own shares

At 31 December

2008

2007

£’000

Number of 
shares

£’000

Number of 
shares

5,713

571,250,000

5,713

571,250,000

3,274

327,393,734

3,332

333,242,076

13

(67)

1,276,768

57

5,676,073

(6,680,435)

(115)

(11,524,415)

3,220

321,990,067

3,274

327,393,734

Executive Share Option Scheme (ESOS)

The	Group	has	an	Executive	Share	option	Scheme	(ESoS)	that	entitles	key	management	personnel	and	senior	employees	to	
receive	shares	in	the	entity.	In	accordance	with	these	programmes,	options	are	exercisable	at	the	market	price	of	the	shares	at	
the	date	of	the	grant.

Two	grants	under	the	ESoS	were	made	before	7	November	2002.	The	recognition	and	measurement	principles	in	IFRS	2	have	
been	applied	to	all	grants	after	7	November	2002.	They	have	not	been	applied	to	the	two	grants	made	prior	to	7	November	2002	
in	accordance	with	the	transitional	provisions	in	IFRS	1	“First-time	Adoption	of	International	Financial	Reporting	Standards”	and	
IFRS	2	“Share-based	payment”.

At	31	December	2008	the	following	options	had	been	granted	and	remained	outstanding	in	respect	of	the	Company’s	ordinary	
shares	of	1p	under	the	Michael	page	Executive	Share	option	Scheme.	All	options	granted	are	settled	by	the	physical	delivery	of	
shares.	The	Group	has	no	legal	or	constructive	obligation	to	repurchase	or	settle	the	options	in	cash.

Year of grant

2001 (Note 1)

2002 (Note 2)*

2002 (Note 2)*

2003 (Note 2)*

2004 (Note 2)

2005 (Note 2)

2006 (Note 2)

2007 (Note 2)

2008 (Note 2)

Total 2008

Balance at  
1 January 
2008

2,782,698

157,500

160,000

462,300

798,353

2,106,889

1,864,812

2,758,389

Granted 
in year

Exercised 
in year

No. of options 
outstanding at 31 
December 2008

Lapsed 
in year

Base 
EPS

Exercise price 
per share

Exercise period

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(384,748)

(173,898)

2,224,052

n/a

175p March 2004 - March 2011

(7,500)

–

150,000

10.6

186p March 2005 - March 2012

(7,500)

(10,000)

142,500

(100,000)

(226,353)

–

–

362,300

572,000

5.8

5.8

4.1

186p March 2006 - March 2012

81.5p-86.1p

April 2006 - April 2013

171p-190.3p March 2007 - March 2014

(542,000)

(20,000)

1,544,889

7.5

190.75p-191.5p March 2008 - March 2015

(8,667)

(160,833)

1,695,312

15.5

309.9p March 2009 - March 2016

–

–

(228,000)

2,530,389

21.3

464.5p-494.1p March 2010 - March 2017

(161,500)

2,979,500

30.4

255.94-285p March 2011 - March 2018

–

3,141,000

11,090,941

3,141,000

(1,276,768)

(754,231)

12,200,942

Weighted average exercise price 
2008 (£)

2.69

2.80

1.75

3.15

2.79

Total 2007

14,480,459

2,818,000

(5,676,074)

(531,444)

11,090,941

Weighted average exercise price 
2007 (£)

*These	options	have	fully	vested

1.84

4.66

1.53

2.41

2.69

3,953,863	options	were	exercisable	at	the	end	of	2008	at	a	weighted	average	exercise	price	of	£1.74	(2007:	£1.61).

72

michael page international

18. Called-up share capital (continued)

In	2008,	options	were	granted	on	6	March	with	the	estimated	fair	values	of	the	options	granted	on	that	day	of	£1.17.	In	2007,	
options	were	granted	on	2	March.	The	estimated	fair	values	of	the	options	granted	on	that	date	was	£1.45.

Share	options	are	granted	under	service	and	non-market	performance	conditions.	These	conditions	are	not	taken	into	account	
in	the	fair	value	measurement	at	grant	date.	There	are	no	market	conditions	associated	with	the	share	option	grants	other	than	
those	on	the	initial	grant	in	2001.

The	options	outstanding	at	31	December	2008	have	an	exercise	price	in	the	range	of	81.5	pence	to	494.1	pence	and	a	weighted	
average	contractual	life	of	6.6	years.	The	fair	values	of	options	granted	during	the	year	were	calculated	using	the	Black-Scholes	
option	pricing	model.	The	inputs	into	the	model	were	as	follows:

Share price (£)

Average exercise price (£)

Weighted average fair value (£)

Expected volatility

Expected life

Risk free rate

Expected dividend yield

            Share Option Scheme

        Incentive Share Scheme

          Deferred Bonus Shares

2008

2.85

2.85

1.17

52%

5 years

5.25%

2.81%

2007

4.65

4.65

1.45

30%

5 years

5.00%

1.25%

2008

2.85

Nil

2.80

52%

3 years

5.25%

Nil

2007

4.65

Nil

4.65

30%

3 years

5.00%

Nil

2008

2.85

Nil

2.80

52%

2 years

5.25%

Nil

2007

4.65

Nil

4.65

30%

2 years

5.00%

Nil

Expected	 volatility	 was	 determined	 by	 reference	 to	 historical	 volatility	 of	 the	 Company’s	 share	 price	 since	 flotation. 
The	expected	life	used	in	the	model	has	been	adjusted,	based	on	management’s	best	estimate,	for	the	effects	of	non-transferability,	 
exercise	restrictions	and	behavioural	considerations.	Expectations	of	early	exercise	are	incorporated	into	the	Black-Scholes	 
option	pricing	model.

The	Group	recognised	total	expenses	of	£6.7m	(2007:	£6.8m)	related	to	equity-settled	share-based	payment	transactions	 
during	the	year.	

Option plan details

note 1	pre	flotation	options

on	flotation,	 options	 over	 33,750,000	 (9%)	 ordinary	 shares	 were	 granted	 to	 the	 Executive	 Directors	 and	 427	 employees.	 
The	remaining	options	are	subject	to	the	following:

An	 individual’s	 option	 entitlement	 will	 normally	 only	 be	 exercisable	 to	 the	 extent	 that	 share	 price	 growth	 targets	 have	
been	 satisfied	 over	 a	 period	 of	 at	 least	 3	 years.	 None	 of	 these	 options	 will	 vest	 unless	 the	 Company’s	 share	 price	 has	
achieved	 50%	 growth	 after	 3	 years	 and	 not	 later	 than	 5	 years.	 At	 that	 point	 one	 third	 of	 this	 portion	 of	 the	 options	 vest.	 
Vesting	then	increases	progressively	for	further	share	price	growth	until	full	vesting	occurs	where	there	is	200%	growth	after	
3	years	and	not	later	than	5	years.	These	hurdles	rise	from	the	fifth	anniversary	of	the	date	of	grant	at	compound	rates	of	
growth	 of	 8.45%	 and	 24.57%	 respectively.	 At	 31	 December	 2008,	 the	 performance	 conditions	 were	 met	 for	 81.8%	 
(2007:	81.8%)	of	the	outstanding	share	price	dependent	options.

At	31	December	2008,	18.2%	of	the	options	remained	unvested	(2007:	18.2%).	At	this	stage	it	is	not	expected	that	the	remaining	
18.2%	of	options	will	vest.	In	order	for	these	remaining	options	to	have	vested	by	31	December	2008	a	share	price	of	£9.64	
(2007:	£7.74)	would	have	been	required.

ANNUAl	REpoRT	2008

73

18. Called-up share capital (continued)

note 2	Grants	post	flotation

The	respective	base	earnings	per	share	for	each	grant	are	shown	in	the	table	on	page	72.	For	grants	since	2004,	the	performance	
condition	is	tested	on	the	third	anniversary	and	no	retesting	will	occur	thereafter.	These	options	were	granted	subject	to	a	
performance	condition	requiring	that	an	option	may	only	be	exercised,	in	normal	circumstances,	if	there	has	been	an	increase	in	
base	earnings	per	share	of	at	least	3%	per	annum	above	the	growth	in	the	UK	Retail	price	Index.

All	future	grants	of	options	under	this	scheme	will	be	subject	to	similar	EpS	performance	conditions	which	is	considered	the	
best	measure	of	the	Group’s	performance	and	is	designed	to	provide	a	direct	link	between	the	rewards	for	executives	and	the	
returns	to	shareholders,	whilst	at	the	same	time	ensuring	that	senior	executives	can	measure	the	results	of	their	efforts	through	
the	Company’s	share	price.

Other share-based payment plans

The	Company	also	operates	an	Incentive	Share	plan	for	the	Executive	Directors	and	senior	employees	and	an	Annual	Bonus	plan	
for	the	Executive	Directors.	Details	of	these	schemes	are	disclosed	on	pages	40	to	42,	and	are	settled	by	the	physical	delivery	
of	shares,	currently	satisfied	by	shares	held	in	the	Employee	Benefit	Trust,	to	the	extent	that	service	and	performance	conditions	
are	met.

19. Reserves

Share premium

The	share	premium	account	has	been	established	to	represent	the	excess	of	the	exercise	share	price	over	the	nominal	value	of	
the	shares	on	the	exercise	of	share	options.

Capital redemption reserve

The	capital	redemption	reserve	relates	to	the	cancellation	of	the	Company’s	own	shares.	The	increase	in	the	year	represents	the	
nominal	value	of	the	6,680,435	shares	cancelled	during	the	year	as	shown	in	Note	18.

Reserve for shares held in the employee benefit trust

At	 31	 December	 2008,	 the	 reserve	 for	 shares	 held	 in	 the	 employee	 benefit	 trust	 consisted	 of	 7,010,335	 ordinary	 shares	 
(2007:	 7,950,330	 ordinary	 shares)	 held	 for	 the	 purpose	 of	 satisfying	 awards	 made	 under	 the	 Incentive	 Share	 plan	 and	
deferred	shares	under	the	Annual	Bonus	plan,	representing	2.2%	of	the	called-up	share	capital	with	a	market	value	of	£15.1m	 
(2007:	£22.9m).	

A	total	of	3,029,213	shares	have	been	allocated	to	satisfy	share	awards	made	under	the	Incentive	Share	plan,	and	960,838	
deferred	shares	have	been	allocated	under	the	Annual	Bonus	plan.	Dividends	are	paid	on	these	shares	and	they	are	included	in	
the	EpS	calculation.

A	total	of	2,146,390	shares	have	been	allocated	to	satisfy	share	option	awards	made	under	the	Incentive	Share	plan,	and	554,344	
deferred	share	option	have	been	allocated	under	the	Annual	Bonus	plan.	Dividends	on	these	shares	are	waived	and	are	treated	
as	non	dilutive.

Following	the	allocation	of	awards	made	under	the	above	mentioned	plans,	to	date	319,550	ordinary	shares	remain	unallocated	
in	the	reserve.	Dividends	on	these	shares	are	also	waived	and	are	treated	as	non	dilutive.

Currency translation reserve

The	translation	reserve	comprises	all	foreign	exchange	differences	arising	from	the	translation	of	the	financial	statements	of	foreign	
operations	that	are	integral	to	the	operations	of	the	Company.

74

michael page international

20. Cash flows from operating activities

Profit before tax

Depreciation and amortisation charges

Loss on sale of property, plant and equipment, and computer software

Share scheme charges

Net finance cost

Operating cash flow before changes in working capital and provisions

Decrease/(increase) in receivables

Increase/(decrease) in payables

Decrease in provisions

Cash generated from operations

21. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash at bank and in hand

Short-term deposits

Cash and cash equivalents

Bank overdrafts

Cash and cash equivalents in the statement of cash flows

Bank loans

Net funds/(debt)

                  Group

               Company

2008 
£’000

2007 
£’000

2008 
£’000

140,056

147,441

320,091

10,317

596

6,667

445

158,081

24,963

2,162

7,660

91

6,757

1,991

163,940

(40,863)

–

–

–

3,800

323,891

(263)

25,778

(268,347)

–

(192)

–

2007 
£’000

721

749

–

–

2,837

4,307

(73,230)

110,667

–

185,206

148,663

55,281

41,744

          Group

          Company

2008
£’000

133,467

23,513

156,980

(62,697)

94,283

2007
£’000

75,647

7,343

82,990

(47,433)

35,557

–

(25,300)

2008 
£’000

2007 
£’000

–

–

–

(62,697)

(62,697)

–

–

–

–

(47,433)

(47,433)

(25,300)

(72,733)

94,283

10,257

(62,697)

The	Group	operates	a	multi-currency	notional	cash	pool.	Currently	the	main	Eurozone	subsidiaries	and	the	UK-based	Group	
Treasury	subsidiary	participate	in	this	cash	pool,	although	it	is	the	Group’s	intention	to	extend	the	scope	of	the	participation	to	
other	Group	companies	going	forward.	The	structure	facilitates	interest	and	balance	compensation	of	cash	and	bank	overdrafts.	
This	notional	pooling	does	not	meet	the	strict	set-off	rules	under	IFRS	and	as	a	result	the	cash	and	bank	overdraft	balances	have	
been	reported	‘gross’	on	the	balance	sheet.	on	a	‘netted’	pro	forma	basis,	cash	and	cash	equivalents	and	overdraft	balances	
would	have	been	£62.7m	lower,	resulting	in	£94.3m	cash	and	cash	equivalents	and	£nil	bank	overdraft	balances.

22. Financial risk management

The	Group	has	exposure	to	the	following	risks	from	its	use	of	financial	instruments:

(i)	 credit	risk

(ii)	

liquidity	risk

(iii)	 market	risk

This	note	presents	information	about	the	Group’s	exposure	to	each	of	the	above	risks,	the	Group’s	objectives,	policies	and	
processes	for	measuring	and	managing	risk,	and	the	Group’s	management	of	capital.	Further	quantitative	disclosures	are	included	
throughout	these	consolidated	financial	statements.

ANNUAl	REpoRT	2008

75

22. Financial risk management (continued)

The	Board	of	Directors	has	overall	responsibility	for	the	establishment	and	oversight	of	the	Group’s	risk	management	framework.	
The	Group’s	risk	management	policies	are	established	to	identify	and	analyse	the	risks	faced	by	the	Group,	to	set	appropriate	risk	
limits	and	controls,	and	to	monitor	risks	and	adherence	to	limits.	Risk	management	policies	and	systems	are	reviewed	regularly	
to	reflect	changes	in	market	conditions	and	the	Group’s	activities.	The	Group,	through	its	training	and	management	standards	
and	procedures,	aims	to	develop	a	disciplined	and	constructive	control	environment	in	which	all	employees	understand	their	
roles	and	obligations.

The	Group	Audit	Committee	oversees	how	management	monitors	compliance	with	the	Group’s	risk	management	policies	and	
procedures	and	reviews	the	adequacy	of	the	risk	management	framework	in	relation	to	the	risks	faced	by	the	Group.	The	Group	
Audit	Committee	is	assisted	in	its	oversight	role	by	Internal	Audit.	Internal	Audit	undertakes	both	regular	and	ad	hoc	reviews	of	
risk	management	controls	and	procedures,	the	results	of	which	are	reported	to	the	Audit	Committee.

(i)  Credit risk

Credit	risk	is	the	risk	of	financial	loss	to	the	Group	if	a	client	or	counterparty	to	a	financial	instrument	fails	to	meet	its	contractual	
obligations,	and	arises	principally	from	the	Group’s	receivables	from	clients	and	investment	securities.	Management	has	a	credit	
policy	in	place	and	the	exposure	to	credit	risk	is	monitored	on	an	ongoing	basis.

At	the	balance	sheet	date	there	were	no	significant	concentrations	of	credit	risk.	The	maximum	exposure	to	credit	risk	is	represented	
by	the	carrying	amount	of	each	financial	asset	in	the	balance	sheet.

trade and other receivables

Total	trade	receivables	(net	of	allowances)	held	by	the	Group	at	31	December	2008	amounted	to	£168.4m	(2007:	£160.9m).

An	initial	credit	period	is	made	available	on	invoices.	No	interest	is	charged	on	trade	receivables	from	the	date	of	the	invoice	during	
this	credit	period.	Thereafter,	interest	is	charged	on	the	outstanding	balance.	The	Group	has	provided	fully	for	all	receivables	
over	150	days	because	historical	experience	is	such	that	receivables	past	due	beyond	150	days	are	generally	not	recoverable.	
Trade	receivables	below	150	days	are	provided	for	based	on	estimated	irrecoverable	amounts	from	the	provision	of	our	services,	
determined	by	reference	to	past	default	experience.

Included	in	the	Group’s	trade	receivables	balance	are	debtors	with	a	carrying	amount	of	£77.0m	(2007:	£77.7m)	that	are	past	
due	at	the	reporting	date	for	which	the	Group	has	not	provided	as	the	amounts	are	still	considered	recoverable.	The	Group	does	
not	hold	any	collateral	over	these	balances.	The	average	age	of	these	receivables	is	56	days	in	excess	of	the	initial	credit	period	
(2007:	54	days).

The	ageing	of	trade	receivables	at	the	reporting	date	was:

Not past due

Past due 0-30 days

Past due 31-150 days

More than 150 days

Gross trade 
receivables 
2008 
£’000

Provision 
2008 
£’000

Gross trade 
receivables 
2007 
£’000

91,600

48,883

30,414

5,180

176,077

272

233

2,023

5,180

7,708

83,486

46,554

32,261

2,304

164,605

Provision 
2007 
£’000

178

467

784

2,304

3,733

The	Group’s	exposure	to	credit	risk	is	influenced	mainly	by	the	individual	characteristics	of	each	client.	The	demographics	of	
the	Group’s	client	base,	including	the	country	in	which	clients	operate,	also	has	an	influence	on	credit	risk.	less	than	1%	of	the	
Group’s	revenue	is	attributable	to	sales	transactions	with	a	single	client.	The	geographic	diversification	of	the	Group’s	revenue	
also	reduces	the	concentration	of	credit	risk.

The	majority	of	the	Group’s	clients	have	been	transacting	with	the	Group	for	several	years,	with	losses	rarely	occurring.	In	monitoring	
client	credit	risk,	clients	are	grouped	according	to	their	credit	characteristics,	including	geographic	location,	industry,	aging	profile,	
maturity	and	existence	of	previous	financial	difficulties.

76

michael page international

22. Financial risk management (continued)

Movement in the allowance for doubtful debts

Balance at beginning of the year

Impairment losses recognised on receivables

Amounts written off as uncollectable

Amounts recovered during the year

Impairment losses reversed

Balance at end of the year

2008
£’000

3,733

13,017

(602)

(2,738)

(5,702)

7,708

2007
£’000

3,270

5,682

(1,244)

(1,638)

(2,337)

3,733

The	majority	of	the	allowance	for	doubtful	debts	are	individually	impaired	trade	receivables	with	a	balance	of	£2.6m	(2007:	£1.1m)	
which	have	been	placed	in	litigation,	as	well	as	a	further	provision	for	debts	of	150	days	and	over.

The	impairment	recognised	represents	the	difference	between	the	carrying	amount	of	these	trade	receivables	and	the	present	
value	of	the	expected	liquidation	proceeds.	The	Group	does	not	hold	any	collateral	over	these	balances.	

Exposure to credit risk

The	maximum	exposure	to	credit	risk	for	trade	receivables	at	the	reporting	date	by	geographic	region	was:

EMEA

United Kingdom

Asia Pacific

Americas

Carrying amount

2008 
£’000

97,445

49,619

11,860

9,445

2007 
£’000

84,324

55,097

12,978

8,473

168,369

160,872

ANNUAl	REpoRT	2008

77

22. Financial risk management (continued)

The	maximum	exposure	to	credit	risk	for	accrued	income	at	the	reporting	date	by	geographic	region	was:

EMEA

United Kingdom

Asia Pacific

Americas

Carrying amount

2008 
£’000

778

9,321

4,354

2,106

2007 
£’000

456

14,195

4,729

1,963

16,559

21,343

The	entire	accrued	income	balance	is	not	past	due.	The	fair	values	of	trade	and	other	receivables	are	not	materially	different	to	those	
disclosed	above.	There	is	no	material	effect	on	pre-tax	profit	if	the	instruments	are	accounted	for	at	fair	value	or	amortised	cost.

(ii)  Liquidity risk management

Ultimate	responsibility	for	liquidity	risk	management	rests	with	the	Board,	which	has	built	an	appropriate	liquidity	risk	management	
framework	that	aims	to	ensure	that	the	Group	has	sufficient	cash	or	credit	facilities	at	all	times	to	meet	all	current	and	forecast	
liabilities	as	they	fall	due.	It	is	the	Directors’	intention	to	continue	to	finance	the	activities	and	development	of	the	Group	from	
retained	earnings.

Cash	surpluses	are	invested	in	short-term	deposits,	with	any	working	capital	requirements	being	provided	from	Group	cash	
resources,	Group	facilities,	or	by	local	overdraft	facilities.	Cash	generated	in	excess	of	these	requirements	will	be	used	to	buy	
back	the	Company’s	shares.	The	Group	also	operates	a	multi-currency	notional	cash	pool	to	facilitate	interest	and	balance	
compensation	of	cash	and	bank	overdrafts.

The	following	are	the	contractual	maturities	of	financial	liabilities.

2008

Trade payables

Accruals and other payables

Bank overdraft

2007

Trade payables

Accruals and other payables

Bank overdraft

Less than 
1 month
£’000

7,920

45,540

62,697

Less than 
1 month
£’000

5,030

51,725

47,433

Carrying amount

1-3 months
£’000

3-12 months
£’000

501

34,350

–

1,359

24,923

–

Carrying amount

1-3 months
£’000

3-12 months
£’000

970

24,257

–

1,067

19,061

–

More than 
12 months
£’000

–

1,337

–

More than 
12 months
£’000

150

4,023

–

(iii)  Market risk and sensitivity analysis

The	Group’s	activities	expose	it	primarily	to	the	financial	risks	of	changes	in	foreign	currency	exchange	rates	and	interest	rates,	
but	these	risks	are	not	deemed	to	be	material.	However,	a	sensitivity	analysis	showing	hypothetical	fluctuations	in	pounds	Sterling	
against	the	Group’s	main	exposure	currencies	is	shown	on	page	80.	There	has	been	no	material	change	in	the	Group’s	exposure	
to	market	risks	or	the	manner	in	which	it	manages	and	measures	the	risk.

For	additional	information	on	market	risk,	refer	to	‘Treasury	management	and	currency	risk’	in	the	Financial	Review.

78

michael page international

22. Financial risk management (continued)

Interest rate risk management

Borrowings	are	arranged	at	floating	rates,	thus	exposing	the	Group	to	cash	flow	interest	rate	risk.	The	Group	does	not	consider	this	
risk	as	significant.	The	benchmark	rates	for	determining	floating	rate	liabilities	are	based	on	relevant	national	lIBoR	equivalents.

The	average	interest	rates	paid	were	as	follows:

Bank overdrafts

Bank loans

Currency rate risk

2008

6.0%

–

2007

6.4%

6.2%

We	publish	our	results	in	pounds	Sterling	and	conduct	our	business	in	many	foreign	currencies.	As	a	result,	we	are	subject	to	
foreign	currency	exchange	risk	due	to	exchange	rate	movements.	We	are	exposed	to	foreign	currency	exchange	risk	as	a	result	
of	transactions	in	currencies	other	than	the	functional	currencies	of	some	of	our	subsidiaries	and	the	translation	of	the	results	and	
underlying	net	assets	of	our	foreign	subsidiaries.

The	main	functional	currencies	of	the	Group	are	Sterling,	Euro	and	Australian	Dollar.	The	Group	does	not	have	material	transactional	
currency	exposures,	nor	is	there	a	material	exposure	to	foreign	denominated	monetary	assets	and	liabilities.	The	Group	is	
exposed	to	foreign	currency	translation	differences	in	accounting	for	its	overseas	operations	although	our	policy	is	not	to	hedge	
this	exposure.

In	certain	cases,	where	the	Group	gives	or	receives	short-term	loans	to	and	from	other	Group	companies	with	different	reporting	
currencies,	it	may	use	foreign	exchange	swap	derivative	financial	instruments	to	manage	the	currency	and	interest	rate	exposure	
that	arises	on	these	loans.	It	is	the	Group’s	policy	not	to	seek	to	designate	these	derivatives	as	hedges.

All	derivative	financial	instruments	not	in	a	hedge	relationship	are	classified	as	derivatives	at	fair	value	through	the	income	statement.	
The	group	does	not	use	derivatives	for	speculative	purposes.	All	transactions	in	derivative	financial	instruments	are	undertaken	to	
manage	the	risks	arising	from	underlying	business	activities.

Information	on	the	fair	value	of	derivative	financial	instruments	held	at	the	balance	sheet	date	is	shown	in	the	table	below.

Derivatives Financial Instruments

Derivative Assets

Derivative Liabilities

Sensitivity analysis - currency risk

               Contract amounts

Derivatives at fair value

2008

15.1

(15.1)

2007

–

–

2008

16.1

(15.6)

2007

–

–

A	10	percent	strengthening	of	sterling	against	the	following	currencies	at	31	December	would	have	increased/(decreased)	equity	
and	profit	or	loss	by	the	amounts	shown	on	page	80.	This	analysis	is	applied	currency	by	currency	in	isolation,	i.e.	ignoring	the	
impact	of	currency	correlation,	and	assumes	that	all	other	variables,	in	particular	interest	rates,	remain	constant.	The	analysis	is	
performed	on	the	same	basis	for	2007.

The	amounts	generated	from	the	sensitivity	analysis	are	forward-looking	estimates	of	market	risk	assuming	certain	adverse	market	
conditions	occur.	Actual	results	in	the	future	may	differ	materially	from	those	projected,	due	to	developments	in	the	global	financial	
markets	which	may	cause	fluctuations	in	interest	and	exchange	rates	to	vary	from	the	hypothetical	amounts	disclosed	in	the	table	
below,	which	therefore	should	not	be	considered	a	projection	of	likely	future	events	and	losses.

ANNUAl	REpoRT	2008

79

22. Financial risk management (continued)

Sensitivity analysis - currency risk (continued)

Euro

Australian Dollar

Hong Kong Dollar

Swiss Franc

Brazilian Real

United States Dollar

Other

Euro

Australian Dollar

Swiss Franc

Hong Kong Dollar

Brazilian Real

United States Dollar

Other

2008 Equity
£’000

(9,811)

(2,892)

(1,520)

(1,317)

(838)

(299)

(1,913)

2007 Equity
£’000

 (7,060) 

 (1,530) 

 (572) 

(523) 

(509) 

(330) 

(945)

PBT
£’000

(1,798)

(1,465)

(694)

(490)

(568)

320

(415)

PBT
£’000

 (4,617)

 (796)

 (257)

 (324)

 (442) 

3

 (245)

A	10	percent	weakening	of	sterling	against	the	above	currencies	at	31	December	would	have	had	the	equal	but	opposite	effect	
on	the	above	currencies	to	the	amounts	shown	above,	on	the	basis	that	all	other	variables	remain	constant.

23. Commitments

Operating lease commitments

At	31	December	2008	the	Group	was	committed	to	make	the	following	payments	in	respect	of	non-cancellable	operating	
leases:

Leases which expire:

Within one year

Within two to five years

After five years

            Land and buildings

             Other

2008 
£’000

2007 
£’000

2008 
£’000

4,681

41,749

65,034

111,464

2,562

29,411

57,980

89,953

2,412

9,354

–

11,766

2007 
£’000

449

7,526

–

7,975

The	Group	leases	various	offices	under	non-cancellable	operating	lease	agreements.	The	leases	have	varying	terms,	escalation	
clauses	and	renewal	rights.

The	Group	also	leases	various	plant	and	machinery	under	operating	lease	agreements.	The	Group	is	required	to	give	a	varying	
notice	for	the	termination	of	these	agreements.

80

michael page international

23. Commitments (continued)

Capital commitments

The	Group	had	contractual	capital	commitments	of	£0.2m	as	at	31	December	2008	(2007:	£1.2m)	relating	to	property,	plant	
and	equipment.	The	Group	had	contractual	capital	commitments	of	£0.1m	as	at	31	December	2008	(2007:	£3.4m)	relating	to	
computer	software.	

24. Contingent liabilities

The	Company	has	provided	guarantees	to	other	Group	undertakings	amounting	to	£13.4m	(2007:	£9.7m)	in	the	ordinary	course	
of	business.	It	is	not	anticipated	that	any	material	liabilities	will	arise	from	the	contingent	liabilities.

vAt group registration

As	a	result	of	group	registration	for	VAT	purposes,	the	Company	is	contingently	liable	for	VAT	liabilities	arising	in	other	companies	
within	the	VAT	group	which	at	31	December	2008	amounted	to	£5.0m	(2007:	£7.6m).

25. Events after the balance sheet date

Between	31	December	2008	and	27	February	2009,	44,853	options	were	exercised,	which	has	led	to	an	increase	of	share	capital	 
of	£449	and	an	increase	in	share	premium	of	£62,874.

26. Related party transactions

Identity of related parties

The	Group	has	a	related	party	relationship	with	its	Directors	and	members	of	the	Executive	Board,	and	subsidiaries	(Note	12).

transactions with key management personnel

Key	management	personnel	are	deemed	to	be	the	Directors	and	members	of	the	Executive	Board.	The	remuneration	of	Directors	
and	members	of	the	Executive	Board	is	determined	by	the	Remuneration	Committee	having	regard	to	the	performance	of	
individuals	and	market	trends.	For	transactions	with	Directors	see	the	Remuneration	Report	on	pages	40	to	47.	over	and	above	
these	transactions,	equity	settled	transactions	for	the	year	were	£0.9m	(2007:	£2.2m).	Transactions	with	the	remaining	members	
of	the	Executive	Board	are	disclosed	below:

Short-term employee benefits

Pension costs - defined contribution plans

2008 
£’000

2,232

142

2007 
£’000

746

40

The	increase	in	emoluments	in	the	current	year	represents	members	being	on	the	Executive	Board	for	a	full	year	and	an	increase	
in	the	bonus	award,	as	well	as	awards	made	under	the	Michael	page	Executive	Share	option	Scheme.

In	addition	to	their	salaries,	the	Group	also	provides	non-cash	benefits	to	members	of	the	Executive	Board,	and	contributes	to	a	
post-employment	defined	contribution	pension	plan	on	their	behalf,	details	of	which	are	given	in	Note	1.

Transactions	between	the	Group	and	its	subsidiaries,	which	are	related	parties	of	the	Company,	have	been	eliminated	on	
consolidation.	Details	of	transactions	between	the	parent	company	and	subsidiary	undertakings	are	shown	below.

             Dividends received

2008 
£’000

325,264

2007 
£’000

4,283

             Amounts owed by 
             related parties

            Amounts owed to 
            related parties

2008 
£’000

2007 
£’000

2008 
£’000

2007 
£’000

381,457

73,516

340,505

302,242

ANNUAl	REpoRT	2008

81

Shareholder

iNFORMATiON AND ADViSERS

Annual General Meeting

To	be	held	on	22	May	2009	at	12.00	noon	at	page	House,	The	Bourne	Business	park,	1	Dashwood	lang	Road,	Addlestone,	
Weybridge,	Surrey,	KT15	2QW.	Every	shareholder	is	entitled	to	attend	and	vote	at	the	meeting.

Final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2008

To	be	paid	(if	approved)	on	8	June	2009	to	shareholders	on	the	register	on	8	May	2009.

Company secretary

Kelvin	Stagg

Company number

3310225

Registered office, domicile and legal form

The	Company	is	a	limited	liability	company	incorporated	and	domiciled	within	the	United	Kingdom.	 
The	address	of	its	registered	office	is:

page	House,	The	Bourne	Business	park,	1	Dashwood	lang	Road 
Addlestone,	Weybridge,	Surrey	KT15	2QW		

Tel:	01932	264144 
Fax:	01932	264297

Auditors

Solicitors

Registrars

Deloitte	llp 
Chartered	Accountants 
2	New	Street	Square	 
london	EC4A	3BZ

Herbert	Smith	llp 
Exchange	House 
primrose	Street 
london	EC2A	2HS

Capita	Registrars	ltd 
Northern	House 
Woodsome	park 
Fenay	Bridge 
Huddersfield 
West	Yorkshire	HD8	0lA

Joint Corporate Brokers

Bankers

Citigroup 
33	Canada	Square 
Canary	Wharf 
london	E14	5lB

Deutsche	Bank 
Winchester	House 
1	Great	Winchester	Street 
london	EC2N	2DB

HSBC	Bank	plc 
West	End	Business 
Banking	Centre 
70	pall	Mall 
london	SW1Y	5GZ

ABN	AMRo	Bank	N.V. 
Corporate	Clients 
De	Entree	99 
1101	HE	Amsterdam 
The	Netherlands

Key dates

Ex-Dividend	date	
Record	date	
Annual	General	Meeting	
payment	of	proposed	final	ordinary	dividend	
Interim	results	announcement		

6	May	2009 
8	May	2009 
22	May	2009 
8	June	2009 
17	August	2009

82

michael page international

Memorandum and Articles of Association

The	following	summarises	certain	provisions	of	the	Company’s	Memorandum	and	Articles	of	Association	and	applicable	English	

law.	The	summary	is	qualified	in	its	entirety	by	reference	to	the	Companies	Act	1985	of	Great	Britain	(“the	Act”),	as	amended,	

and	the	Company’s	Articles	of	Association.

Objects and purposes

The	Company	is	incorporated	under	the	name	Michael	page	International	plc	and	is	registered	in	England	and	Wales	with	registered	

number	3310225.	The	Memorandum	of	Association	of	the	Company	provides	that	the	Company’s	principal	object	is	to	carry	on	

business	as	a	general	commercial	company	and	to	carry	out	the	other	objects	more	particularly	set	out	in	the	Memorandum	of	

Association	of	the	Company.

Share capital

The	authorised	share	capital	of	the	Company	currently	consists	of	571,250,000	ordinary	shares	of	1p	each.	As	at	31	December	

2008,	321,990,067	ordinary	shares	have	been	allotted,	called-up	and	fully	paid	(see	Note	18,	Notes	to	the	Accounts).

Alteration of capital

The	Company	may	from	time	to	time	by	ordinary	resolution:

(a)	

	increase	its	share	capital	by	new	shares	of	such	amount	as	the	resolution	prescribes;

(b)	 	consolidate	and	divide	all	or	any	of	its	share	capital	into	shares	of	larger	amount	than	its	existing	shares;

(c)	

	subject	to	the	provisions	of	the	Act,	sub-divide	its	shares,	or	any	of	them,	into	shares	of	a	smaller	amount	than	is	fixed	by	the	

memorandum;

(d)	 	determine	that,	as	between	the	shares	resulting	from	such	a	sub-division,	any	of	them	may	have	any	preference	or	advantage	

as	compared	with	the	others;	and

(e)	

	cancel	shares	which,	at	the	date	of	the	passing	of	the	resolution,	have	not	been	taken	or	agreed	to	be	taken	by	any	person,	

and	diminish	the	amount	of	its	share	capital	by	the	amount	of	the	shares	so	cancelled.

Subject	to	the	provisions	of	the	Act,	the	Company	may	by	special	resolution	reduce	its	share	capital,	any	capital	redemption	

reserve	and	any	share	premium	account,	in	any	way.

Purchase of own shares

Subject	to	the	provisions	of	the	Act,	the	Company	may	purchase	its	own	shares,	including	redeemable	shares.	The	Company	

proposes	to	renew	its	authority	to	purchase	its	own	shares	for	another	year	in	item	10	of	the	Annual	General	Meeting	notice.	

General meetings and voting rights

The	Directors	may	call	general	meetings	whenever	and	at	whatever	time	and	location	they	so	determine.	Subject	to	the	provisions	

of	the	Act,	an	annual	general	meeting	and	an	extraordinary	general	meeting	called	to	pass	a	special	resolution	shall	be	called	by	

at	least	21	clear	days’	notice,	and	all	other	extraordinary	general	meetings	shall	be	called	by	at	least	14	days’	notice.	Two	persons	

entitled	to	vote	upon	the	business	to	be	transacted	shall	be	a	quorum.

The	Articles	of	Association	provide	that	subject	to	any	rights	or	restrictions	attached	to	any	shares,	on	a	show	of	hands	every	

member	shall	have	one	vote,	and	on	a	poll	every	member	shall	have	one	vote	for	every	share	of	which	he	is	a	holder.	on	a	poll,	

ANNUAl	REpoRT	2008

83

votes	may	be	given	either	personally	or	by	proxy	or	(in	the	case	of	a	corporate	member)	by	a	duly	authorised	representative.	 
No	member	shall	be	entitled	to	vote	in	respect	of	any	share	held	by	him	if	any	call	or	other	sum	payable	by	him	to	the	Company	
remains	unpaid.

If	a	member	or	any	person	appearing	to	be	interested	in	shares	held	by	a	member	has	been	duly	served	with	a	notice	under	Section	
793	of	the	Companies	Act	2006	(previously	Section	212	of	the	Act)	and	is	in	default	for	the	prescribed	period	in	supplying	to	the	
Company	information	thereby	required,	unless	the	Directors	otherwise	determine,	the	member	shall	not	be	entitled	in	respect	of	the	
default	shares	to	be	present	or	to	vote	(either	in	person	or	by	representative	or	proxy)	at	any	general	or	class	meeting	of	the	Company	
or	on	any	poll	or	to	exercise	any	other	right	confirmed	by	membership	in	relation	to	such	meeting	or	poll.	In	certain	circumstances,	
any	dividend	due	in	respect	of	the	default	shares	shall	be	withheld	and	certain	certificated	transfers	may	be	refused.

A	member	entitled	to	more	than	one	vote	need	not,	if	he	votes,	use	all	his	votes	or	cast	all	the	votes	he	uses	in	the	same	way.	
A	proxy	need	not	be	a	member.	A	member	may	appoint	more	than	one	proxy	to	attend	on	the	same	occasion.	This	does	not	
preclude	the	member	from	attending	and	voting	at	the	meeting	or	at	any	adjournment	of	it.

Limitations and non-resident or foreign shareholders

English	law	treats	those	persons	who	hold	the	shares	and	are	neither	UK	residents	nor	nationals	in	the	same	way	as	UK	residents	
or	nationals.	They	are	free	to	own,	vote	on	and	transfer	any	shares	they	hold.

variation of rights

Subject	to	the	Act,	if	at	any	time	the	capital	of	the	Company	is	divided	into	different	classes	of	shares,	the	rights	attached	to	any	
class	of	may	be	varied	either:

(a)	

	in	such	manner	(if	any)	as	may	be	provided	by	those	rights;	or	

(b)	 	in	the	absence	of	any	such	provision,	with	the	consent	in	writing	of	the	holders	of	three-quarters	in	nominal	value	of	the	issued	
shares	of	the	class	or	with	the	sanction	of	an	extraordinary	resolution	passed	at	a	separate	general	meeting	of	the	holders	of	
the	shares	of	the	class	

but	not	otherwise,	and	may	be	so	varied	either	whilst	the	Company	is	a	going	concern	or	during,	or	in	contemplation	of,	a	winding-
up.	At	every	such	separate	general	meeting	the	necessary	quorum	shall	be	at	least	two	persons	together	holding	or	representing	
by	proxy	at	least	one-third	in	nominal	value	of	the	issued	shares	of	the	class	(but	at	any	adjourned	meeting	any	holder	of	shares	
of	the	class	present	in	or	by	proxy	shall	be	a	quorum).	Unless	otherwise	expressly	provided	by	the	rights	attached	to	any	class	of	
shares,	those	rights	shall	be	deemed	not	to	be	varied	by	the	purchase	by	the	Company	of	any	of	its	own	shares.

Dividend rights

Holders	of	the	Company’s	ordinary	shares	may	by	ordinary	resolution	declare	dividends	but	no	such	dividend	shall	exceed	the	
amount	recommended	by	the	Directors.	If,	in	the	opinion	of	the	Directors,	the	profits	of	the	Company	available	for	distribution	
justify	such	payments,	the	Directors	may,	from	time	to	time,	pay	interim	dividends	on	the	shares	of	such	amounts	and	on	such	
dates	and	in	respect	of	such	periods	as	they	think	fit.	The	profits	of	the	Company	available	for	distribution	and	resolved	to	be	
distributed	shall	be	apportioned	and	paid	proportionately	to	the	amounts	paid	up	on	the	shares	during	any	portion	of	the	period	
in	respect	of	which	the	dividend	is	paid.	The	members	may,	at	a	general	meeting	declaring	a	dividend	upon	the	recommendation	
of	the	Directors,	direct	that	it	shall	be	satisfied	wholly	or	fully	by	the	distribution	of	assets.

No	dividend	shall	be	paid	otherwise	than	out	of	profits	available	for	distribution	as	specified	under	the	provisions	of	the	Act.

Any	dividend	unclaimed	after	a	period	of	twelve	years	from	the	date	of	declaration	of	such	dividend	shall,	if	the	Directors	so	resolve,	
be	forfeited	and	shall	revert	to	the	Company.

Calls on shares

Subject	to	the	terms	of	allotment,	the	Directors	may	make	calls	upon	members	in	respect	of	any	amounts	unpaid	on	their	shares	
(whether	in	respect	of	nominal	value	or	premium)	and	each	member	shall	pay	to	the	Company	as	required	by	the	notice	the	
amount	called	on	his	shares.

transfer of shares

Any	member	may	transfer	all	or	any	of	his	shares	in	certificated	form	by	instrument	of	transfer	in	the	usual	common	form	or	in	any	
other	form	which	the	Directors	may	approve.	The	transfer	instrument	shall	be	signed	by	or	on	behalf	of	the	transferor	and,	except	
in	the	case	of	fully-paid	shares,	by	or	on	behalf	of	the	transferee.

Where	any	class	of	share	is	for	the	time	being	a	participating	security,	title	to	shares	of	that	class	which	are	recorded	as	being	held	
in	uncertificated	form,	may	be	transferred	by	the	relevant	system	concerned.	

84

michael page international

The	Directors	may	in	their	absolute	discretion	and	without	giving	any	reason	refuse	to	register	any	transfer	of	shares	(being	shares	

which	are	not	fully	paid	or	on	which	the	Company	has	a	lien),	provided	that	if	the	share	is	listed	on	the	official	list	of	the	UK	listing	

Authority	such	refusal	does	not	prevent	dealings	in	the	shares	from	taking	place	on	an	open	and	proper	basis.	

The	Directors	may	also	refuse	to	register	a	transfer	of	shares	unless	the	transfer	instrument:

(a)	

	is	lodged	at	the	registered	office,	or	such	other	place	as	the	Directors	may	appoint,	accompanied	by	the	relevant	share	

certificate(s);

(b)	 	is	in	respect	of	only	one	class	of	share;	and

(c)	

	is	in	favour	of	not	more	than	four	persons	jointly.

The	Directors	of	the	Company	may	refuse	to	register	the	transfer	of	a	share	in	uncertificated	form	to	a	person	who	is	to	hold	it	

thereafter	in	certificated	form	in	any	case	where	the	Company	is	entitled	to	refuse	(or	is	excepted	from	the	requirements)	under	

the	Uncertificated	Securities	Regulations	2001	to	register	the	transfer;	and	they	may	refuse	to	register	any	such	transfer	in	favour	

of	more	than	four	transferees.	

Subject	to	the	Uncertificated	Securities	Regulations,	the	registration	of	transfers	of	shares	or	of	any	class	of	shares	may	be	

suspended	at	such	times	and	for	such	periods	(not	exceeding	thirty	days	in	any	year)	as	the	Directors	may	determine.

Directors

The	Company’s	Articles	of	Association	provide	for	a	Board	of	Directors,	consisting	of	(unless	otherwise	determined	by	the	Company	

by	ordinary	resolution)	not	fewer	than	two	Directors,	who	shall	manage	the	business	of	the	Company.	The	Directors	may	exercise	

all	the	powers	of	the	Company,	subject	to	the	provisions	of	the	Act,	the	Memorandum	of	Association,	the	Articles	of	Association	

and	any	directions	given	by	special	resolution.	If	the	quorum	is	not	fixed	by	the	Directors,	the	quorum	shall	be	two.

The	Directors	may	delegate	any	of	their	powers	to:

(a)	

	any	managing	director,	any	director	holding	any	other	executive	office,	or	any	other	director;

(b)	 	any	committee	consisting	of	one	or	more	directors	and	(if	thought	fit)	one	or	more	other	persons,	but	a	majority	of	members	

of	the	committee	shall	be	directors	and	no	resolution	of	the	committee	shall	be	effective	unless	a	majority	of	those	present	

when	it	is	passed	are	directors;	and

(c)	

	to	any	local	board	or	agency	for	managing	any	of	the	affairs	of	the	Company	either	in	the	United	Kingdom	or	elsewhere,

and	such	delegation	may	include	authority	to	sub-delegate	all	or	any	of	the	powers	delegated,	may	be	subject	to	conditions	and	

may	be	revoked	or	varied.

The	Directors	may	also,	by	power	of	attorney	or	otherwise,	appoint	any	person,	whether	nominated	directly	or	indirectly	by	the	

Directors,	to	be	the	agent	of	the	Company	for	such	purposes	and	subject	to	such	conditions	as	they	think	fit,	and	may	delegate	

any	of	their	powers	to	such	an	agent.

The	Articles	of	Association	place	a	general	prohibition	on	a	Director	voting	on	any	resolution	concerning	a	matter	in	which	he	has,	

directly	or	indirectly,	a	material	interest	(other	than	an	interest	in	shares,	debentures	or	other	securities	of,	or	otherwise	in	or	through	

the	Company),	unless	his	interest	arises	only	because	the	case	falls	within	one	or	more	of	the	following:

(a)	

	the	giving	to	him	of	a	guarantee,	security,	or	indemnity	in	respect	of	money	lent	to,	or	an	obligation	incurred	by	him	for	the	

benefit	of,	the	Company	or	any	of	its	subsidiary	undertakings;

(b)	 	the	giving	to	a	third	party	of	a	guarantee,	security,	or	indemnity	in	respect	of	an	obligation	of	the	Company	or	any	of	its	

subsidiary	undertakings	for	which	the	Director	has	assumed	responsibility	in	whole	or	in	part	and	whether	alone	or	jointly	with	

others	under	a	guarantee	or	indemnity	or	by	the	giving	of	security;

(c)	

	his	interest	arises	by	virtue	of	his	being,	or	intending	to	become	a	participant	in	the	underwriting	or	sub-underwriting	of	an	

offer	of	any	shares	in	or	debentures	or	other	securities	of	the	Company	for	subscription,	purchase	or	exchange;

(d)	 	any	arrangement	for	the	benefit	of	the	employees	and	directors	and/or	former	employees	and	directors	of	the	Company	or	any	

of	its	subsidiaries	and/or	the	members	of	their	families	or	any	person	who	is	or	was	dependent	on	such	persons,	including	but	

without	being	limited	to	a	retirement	benefits	scheme	and	an	employees’	share	scheme,	which	does	not	accord	to	him	any	

privilege	or	advantage	not	generally	accorded	to	employees	and/or	former	employees	to	whom	the	arrangement	relates;

(e)	

	any	transaction	or	arrangement	with	any	other	company	in	which	he	is	interested,	directly	or	indirectly,	provided	that	he	is	not	

the	holder	of	or	beneficially	interested	in	at	least	one	per	cent	of	any	class	of	shares	of	that	company	(or	of	any	other	company	

through	which	his	interest	is	derived),	and	is	not	entitled	to	exercise	at	least	one	per	cent	of	the	voting	rights	available	to	

members	of	the	relevant	company;	and	

ANNUAl	REpoRT	2008

85

(f)	

the	purchase	or	maintenance	for	any	Director	or	Directors	of	insurance	against	liability.

If	a	question	arises	at	a	Directors’	meeting	as	to	the	right	of	a	Director	to	vote,	the	question	may	be	referred	to	the	Chairman	of	the	
meeting	(or	if	the	Director	concerned	is	the	Chairman,	to	the	other	Directors	at	the	meeting),	and	his	ruling	in	relation	to	any	Director	
(or,	as	the	case	may	be,	the	ruling	of	the	majority	of	the	other	Directors	in	relation	to	the	Chairman)	shall	be	final	and	conclusive.	

The	Act	requires	a	Director	of	a	company	who	is	in	any	way	interested	in	a	contract	or	a	proposed	contract	with	the	company	to	
declare	the	nature	of	his	interest	at	a	meeting	of	the	Directors	of	the	company.	The	definition	of	“interest”	now	includes	the	interests	
of	spouses,	children,	companies	and	trusts.

Borrowing powers of the Directors

The	Directors	shall	restrict	the	borrowings	of	the	Company	and	exercise	all	powers	of	control	exercisable	by	the	Company	in	relation	
to	its	subsidiary	undertakings	so	as	to	secure	(as	regards	subsidiary	undertakings	so	far	as	by	such	exercise	they	can	secure)	that	
the	aggregate	principal	amount	(including	any	premium	payable	on	final	repayment)	outstanding	of	all	money	borrowed	by	the	
Group	(excluding	amounts	borrowed	by	any	member	of	the	Group	from	any	other	member	of	the	Group),	shall	not	at	any	time,	save	
with	the	previous	sanction	of	an	ordinary	resolution	of	the	Company,	exceed	an	amount	equal	to	three	times	the	aggregate	of:

(a)	

	the	amount	paid	up	on	the	share	capital	of	the	Company;	and

(b)	 	the	total	of	the	capital	and	revenue	reserves	of	the	Group,	including	any	share	premium	account,	capital	redemption	reserve,	
capital	contribution	reserve	and	credit	balance	on	the	profit	and	loss	account,	but	excluding	sums	set	aside	for	taxation	and	
amounts	attributable	to	outside	shareholders	in	subsidiary	undertakings	of	the	Company	and	deducting	any	debit	balance	on	
the	profit	and	loss	account,	all	as	shown	in	the	latest	audited	consolidated	balance	sheet	and	profit	and	loss	account	of	the	
Group,	but	adjusted	as	may	be	necessary	in	respect	of	any	variation	in	the	paid	up	share	capital	or	share	premium	account	
of	the	Company	since	the	date	of	that	balance	sheet	and	further	adjusted	as	may	be	necessary	to	reflect	any	change	since	
that	date	in	the	companies	comprising	the	Group.

Director’s appointment and removal

At	each	AGM,	there	shall	retire	from	office	by	rotation:

(a)	

	all	Directors	of	the	Company	who	held	office	at	the	time	of	the	two	preceding	AGMs	and	who	did	not	retire	by	rotation	at	
either	of	them;	and

(b)	 	such	additional	number	of	Directors	as	shall,	when	aggregated	with	the	number	of	Directors	retiring	under	paragraph	(a)	above,	
equal	either	one	third	of	the	number	of	Directors,	in	circumstances	where	the	number	of	Directors	is	three	or	a	multiple	of	
three,	or	in	all	other	circumstances,	the	whole	number	which	is	nearest	to	but	does	not	exceed	one-third	of	the	number	of	
Directors	(the	“Relevant	proportion”)	provided	that:

(i)	

	the	provisions	of	this	paragraph	(b)	shall	only	apply	if	the	number	of	Directors	retiring	under	paragraph	(a)	above	is	less	
than	the	Relevant	proportion;	and

(ii)	 	subject	to	the	provisions	of	the	Act	and	to	the	relevant	provisions	of	these	Articles	of	Association,	the	Directors	to	retire	
under	this	paragraph	(b)	shall	be	those	who	have	been	longest	in	office	since	their	last	appointment	or	reappointment,	
but	as	between	persons	who	became	or	were	last	reappointed	Directors	on	the	same	day	those	to	retire	shall	(unless	
they	otherwise	agree	among	themselves)	be	determined	by	lot.

If	the	Company,	at	the	meeting	at	which	a	director	retires	by	rotation,	does	not	fill	the	vacancy	the	retiring	Director	shall,	if	willing	to	
act,	be	deemed	to	have	been	reappointed	unless	a	resolution	not	to	fill	the	vacancy	or	not	to	reappoint	that	Director	is	passed.

Subject	to	the	Act,	the	Company	may,	by	extraordinary	resolution,	remove	a	director	before	the	expiration	of	his	period	of	office	
(without	prejudice	to	any	claim	for	damages	for	breach	of	any	contract	of	service	between	the	director	and	the	Company)	and,	
subject	to	the	Articles	of	Association,	may	by	ordinary	resolution,	appoint	another	person	instead	of	him.	The	newly	appointed	
person	shall	be	subject	to	retirement	at	the	same	time	as	if	he	had	become	a	director	on	the	day	on	which	the	director	in	whose	
place	he	is	appointed	was	last	appointed	or	reappointed	as	a	Director.

86

michael page international

	
	
A	Director	shall	be	disqualified	from	holding	office	if:

(a)	 he	ceases	to	be	a	director	under	the	provisions	of	the	Act	or	he	becomes	prohibited	by	law	from	being	a	Director;

(b)	 he	becomes	bankrupt	or	makes	an	arrangement	or	composition	with	his	creditors	generally;

(c)	 he	is,	or	may	be	suffering	from	mental	disorder	in	certain	circumstance;

(d)	 he	resigns	his	office	by	notice	in	writing	to	the	Company;

(e)	

(f)	

	in	the	case	of	an	Executive	Director,	his	appointment	as	such	is	terminated	or	expires	and	the	Directors	resolve	that	his	office	
be	vacated;

	he	is	absent	from	Directors’	meetings	for	more	than	six	consecutive	months	and	the	Directors	resolve	that	his	office	be	 
vacated;	or

(g)	 he	is	requested	in	writing	by	all	the	other	Directors	to	resign.

No	person	shall	be	disqualified	from	being	appointed	or	re-appointed	as	a	Director	and	no	Director	shall	be	requested	to	vacate	
that	office	by	reason	of	his	attaining	the	age	of	seventy	or	any	other	age.

There	is	no	requirement	of	share	ownership	for	a	Director’s	qualification.

Amendments to the Articles of Association

Subject	to	the	Act	and	the	Memorandum	of	Association,	the	Articles	of	Association	of	the	Company	can	be	altered	by	special	
resolution	of	the	members.

winding-up

If	the	Company	is	wound	up,	the	liquidator	may,	with	the	sanction	of	an	extraordinary	resolution	of	the	Company	and	any	other	
sanction	required	by	law:

(a)	

	divide	among	the	members	in	kind	the	whole	or	any	part	of	the	assets	of	the	Company	and,	for	that	purpose,	set	such	values	
as	he	deems	fair	upon	any	property	to	be	divided	and	determine	how	the	division	shall	be	carried	out	between	the	members;	
and

(b)	 	vest	the	whole	or	any	part	of	the	assets	in	trustees	upon	such	trusts	for	the	benefit	of	members	as	the	liquidator	shall	think	fit,	

but	no	member	shall	be	compelled	to	accept	any	assets	upon	which	there	is	a	liability.

ANNUAl	REpoRT	2008

87

Summary

5 yEAR SUMMARy iNCOME STATEMENT

Revenue

Gross profit

Operating profit

Profit before tax

Profit attributable to equity holders

Conversion

2004
£’000

433,731

210,641

38,858

38,859

34,336

18.4%

2005
£’000

523,810

267,581

66,519

66,136

49,630

24.9%

2006 
£’000

649,060

348,817

97,367

96,959

65,447

27.9%

2007 
£’000

831,640

478,094

149,432

147,441

101,734

31.3%

2008 
£’000

972,782

552,702

140,501

140,056

97,339

25.4%

Basic earnings per share (pence)

9.8

14.8

19.6

31.1

30.3

88

michael page international

AGM

NOTiCE OF MEE TiNg

This	Notice	of	Annual	General	Meeting	is	important	and	requires	your	immediate	attention.	If	you	have	any	doubts	as	to	the	

action	you	should	take,	you	are	recommended	to	seek	your	own	financial	advice	from	your	stockbroker,	bank	manager,	solicitor,	

accountant	or	other	financial	adviser	authorised	under	the	Financial	Services	and	Markets	Act	2000.	If	you	have	sold	or	otherwise	

transferred	all	your	ordinary	shares	in	Michael	page	International	plc,	please	send	this	document,	together	with	the	accompanying	

documents	to	the	purchaser	or	transferee,	or	to	the	stockbroker,	bank	or	other	agent	through	whom	the	sale	or	transfer	was	

effected	for	transmission	to	the	purchaser	or	transferee.	

Notice	is	hereby	given	that	the	Annual	General	Meeting	of	the	Company	will	be	held	at	page	House,	The	Bourne	Business	park,	 

1	Dashwood	lang	Road,	Addlestone,	Weybridge,	Surrey	KT15	2QW	on	22	May	2009	at	12.00	noon	for	the	following	purposes:

1.	

	To	receive	and	adopt	the	reports	of	the	Directors	and	auditors	and	accounts	for	the	year	ended	31	December	2008.

2.	

	To	declare	a	final	dividend	on	the	ordinary	share	capital	of	the	Company	for	the	year	ended	31	December	2008	of	5.12p	 

per	share.

3.	

	To	re-elect	Stephen	puckett	as	a	director	of	the	Company	(Note	6)

4.	

	To	re-elect	Hubert	Reid	as	a	director	of	the	Company	(Note	6)

5.	

	To	propose	the	following	ordinary	resolution:

	That	the	Directors’	Remuneration	Report	for	the	year	ended	31	December	2008	be	received	and	approved.

6.	

	To	re-appoint	Deloitte	llp	as	auditors	of	the	Company	to	hold	office	until	the	conclusion	of	the	next	Annual	General	Meeting	

at	a	remuneration	to	be	fixed	by	the	Directors.

7.	

	To	propose	the	following	ordinary	resolution:	That	in	accordance	with	section	366	and	367	of	the	Companies	Act	2006	(the	

‘2006	Act’)	the	Company,	and	all	companies	that	are	subsidiaries	of	the	Company	at	the	date	on	which	this	resolution	7	is	

passed	or	during	the	period	when	this	resolution	7	has	effect,	be	generally	and	unconditionally	authorised	to:

(a)	 	make	political	donations	to	political	parties	(or	independent	election	candidates),	as	defined	in	the	2006	Act,	not	exceeding	

£25,000	in	total;

(b)	 	make	political	donations	to	political	organisations	other	than	political	parties,	as	defined	in	the	2006	Act,	not	exceeding	

£25,000	in	total;	and

(c)	 	incur	political	expenditure,	as	defined	in	the	2006	Act,	not	exceeding	£25,000	in	total;

	during	the	period	commencing	on	the	date	of	passing	this	resolution	and	ending	on	the	date	of	the	AGM	of	the	Company	

in	2010	provided	that	the	authorised	sum	referred	to	in	paragraphs	(a),	(b)	and	(c)	above,	may	be	comprised	of	one	or	more	

amounts	in	different	currencies	which,	for	the	purposes	of	calculating	the	said	sum,	shall	be	converted	into	pounds	sterling	

at	the	exchange	rate	published	in	the	london	edition	of	the	Financial	Times	on	the	date	on	which	the	relevant	donation	is	

made	or	expenditure	incurred	(or	the	first	business	day	thereafter)	or,	if	earlier,	on	the	day	in	which	the	Company	enters	into	

any	contract	or	undertaking	in	relation	to	the	same	(Note	7).

8.	 To	propose	the	following	special	resolution:	

	That	the	directors	be	and	they	are	hereby	generally	and	unconditionally	authorised	in	accordance	with	section	80	of	the	

Companies	Act	1985	to	exercise	all	the	powers	of	the	Company	to	allot:	

(a)	 	relevant	securities	(within	the	meaning	of	section	80(2)	of	that	Act)	up	to	an	aggregate	nominal	amount	of	£1,062,637;	

and

ANNUAl	REpoRT	2008

89

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
(b)	 	relevant	securities	comprising	equity	securities	(within	the	meaning	of	section	94	of	that	Act)	up	to	a	further	aggregate	
nominal	amount	of	£1,062,637	provided	that	they	are	offered	by	way	of	a	rights	issue	to	holders	of	ordinary	shares	on	the	
register	of	members	at	such	record	date	as	the	directors	may	determine	where	the	equity	securities	respectively	attributable	
to	the	interests	of	the	ordinary	shareholders	are	proportionate	(as	nearly	as	may	be	practicable)	to	the	respective	numbers	
of	ordinary	shares	held,	or	deemed	to	be	held,	by	them	on	any	such	record	date	and	to	other	holders	of	equity	securities	
entitled	to	participate	therein,	subject	to	such	exclusions	or	other	arrangements	as	the	directors	may	deem	necessary	or	
expedient	to	deal	with	treasury	shares,	fractional	entitlements	or	legal	or	practical	problems	arising	under	the	laws	of	any	
overseas	territory	or	the	requirements	of	any	regulatory	body	or	stock	exchange	or	by	virtue	of	shares	being	represented	
by	depositary	receipts	or	any	other	matter,

	provided	that	this	authority	shall	expire	at	the	conclusion	of	the	next	Annual	General	Meeting	of	the	Company	or,	if	earlier,	on	
21	August	2010,	save	that	the	Company	shall	be	entitled	to	make	offers	or	agreements	before	the	expiry	of	such	authority	
which	would	or	might	require	relevant	securities	to	be	allotted	after	such	expiry	and	the	directors	shall	be	entitled	to	allot	
relevant	securities	pursuant	to	any	such	offer	or	agreement	as	if	this	authority	had	not	expired;	and	all	unexercised	authorities	
previously	granted	to	the	directors	to	allot	relevant	securities	be	and	are	hereby	revoked.

9.	 To	propose	the	following	special	resolution:	

	That	the	directors	be	and	they	are	hereby	empowered	pursuant	to	section	95	of	the	Companies	Act	1985	to	allot	equity	
securities	(within	the	meaning	of	section	94	of	that	Act)	for	cash	pursuant	to	the	authority	conferred	by	Resolution	8	above	
as	if	section	89(1)	of	that	Act	did	not	apply	to	any	such	allotment	provided	that	this	power	shall	be	limited	to:

(a)	 	the	allotment	of	equity	securities	in	connection	with	an	offer	of	securities	(but	in	the	case	of	the	authority	granted	under	
paragraph	(b)	of	Resolution	8	by	way	of	rights	issue	only)	in	favour	of	the	holders	of	ordinary	shares	on	the	register	of	
members	at	such	record	date	as	the	directors	may	determine	where	the	equity	securities	respectively	attributable	to	
the	interests	of	the	ordinary	shareholders	are	proportionate	(as	nearly	as	may	be	practicable)	to	the	respective	numbers	
of	ordinary	shares	held	or	deemed	to	be	held	by	them	on	any	such	record	date,	subject	to	such	exclusions	or	other	
arrangements	as	the	directors	may	deem	necessary	or	expedient	to	deal	with	treasury	shares,	fractional	entitlements	or	
legal	or	practical	problems	arising	under	the	laws	of	any	overseas	territory	or	the	requirements	of	any	regulatory	body	or	
stock	exchange	or	by	virtue	of	shares	being	represented	by	depositary	receipts	or	any	other	matter;	and

(b)	 	the	allotment	(otherwise	than	pursuant	to	sub-paragraph	(a)	above)	to	any	person	or	persons	of	equity	securities	up	to	

an	aggregate	nominal	amount	of	£161,006,

	and	shall	expire	upon	the	expiry	of	the	general	authority	conferred	by	Resolution	8	above,	save	that	the	Company	shall	be	
entitled	to	make	offers	or	agreements	before	the	expiry	of	such	power	which	would	or	might	require	equity	securities	to	be	
allotted	after	such	expiry	and	the	directors	shall	be	entitled	to	allot	equity	securities	pursuant	to	any	such	offer	or	agreement	
as	if	the	power	conferred	hereby	had	not	expired.

10.	 To	propose	the	following	special	resolution:

	That	pursuant	to	the	Company’s	Articles	of	Association	and	Section	166	of	the	Companies	Act	1985	(the	”Act”),	the	Company	
be	and	is	hereby	generally	and	unconditionally	authorised	to	make	market	purchases	(within	the	meaning	of	section	163(3)	
of	the	Act)	of	ordinary	shares	of	1p	each	in	the	capital	of	the	Company	provided	that:

(a)	 	the	maximum	number	of	ordinary	shares	hereby	authorised	to	be	purchased	is	48,269,495	representing	approximately	

14.99%	of	the	issued	ordinary	share	capital	of	the	Company	as	at	28	February	2009;

(b)	 	the	minimum	price	which	may	be	paid	for	each	ordinary	share	is	1	pence;

(c)	 	the	maximum	price	which	may	be	paid	for	each	ordinary	share	is	in	respect	of	an	ordinary	share	contracted	to	be	purchased	
on	any	day,	an	amount	equal	to	105%	of	the	average	of	the	mid-market	quotations	for	an	ordinary	share	of	the	company	
as	derived	from	The	london	Stock	Exchange	Daily	official	list	for	the	five	business	days	immediately	preceding	the	day	
on	which	the	ordinary	share	is	contracted	to	be	purchased;

(d)	 	the	authority	hereby	conferred	shall	expire	at	the	conclusion	of	the	next	Annual	General	Meeting	of	the	Company	after	the	

date	of	passing	this	resolution,	unless	such	authority	is	renewed,	varied	or	revoked	prior	to	such	time;	and

(e)	 	the	Company	may	conclude	a	contract	to	purchase	ordinary	shares	under	the	authority	hereby	conferred	prior	to	the	expiry	
of	such	authority	which	will	or	may	be	exercised	wholly	or	partly	after	the	expiry	of	such	authority	and	may	make	a	purchase	
of	ordinary	shares	in	pursuance	of	any	such	contract	as	if	the	authority	hereby	conferred	had	not	expired	(Note	10).

90

michael page international

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
11.	 	Resolution	11	is	proposed	as	a	special	resolution.	It	is	proposed	that	Article	48	of	the	Articles	of	Association	of	the	Company	

be	amended	by	replacing	Article	48	in	its	entirety	with	the	following:

	“Subject	to	the	provisions	of	the	Acts,	an	annual	general	meeting	and	all	other	general	meetings	of	the	Company	shall	be	
called	by	at	least	such	minimum	period	of	notice	as	is	prescribed	under	the	Acts.	The	notice	shall	specify	the	place,	the	date	
and	the	time	of	meeting	and	the	general	nature	of	the	business	to	be	transacted,	and	in	the	case	of	an	annual	general	meeting	
shall	specify	the	meeting	as	such.	Subject	to	the	provisions	of	these	articles	and	to	any	rights	or	restrictions	attached	to	any	
shares,	notices	shall	be	given	to	all	members,	to	all	persons	entitled	to	a	share	in	consequence	of	the	death	or	bankruptcy	
of	a	member	and	to	the	directors	and	auditors	of	the	Company.”

12.	 	Resolution	12	is	proposed	as	a	special	resolution	that	a	general	meeting	other	than	an	annual	general	meeting,	may	be	called	

on	not	less	than	14	clear	days	notice.

The	Board	consider	that	all	the	proposals	to	be	considered	at	the	Annual	General	Meeting	are	likely	to	promote	the	success	of	the	
Company	and	are	in	the	best	interests	of	the	Company	and	it’s	shareholders	as	a	whole.	The	Directors	unanimously	recommend	
that	you	vote	in	favour	of	the	resolutions	as	they	intend	to	do	in	respect	of	their	own	beneficial	holdings.

By	order	of	the	Board

kelvin Stagg
Company	Secretary 
page	House,	1	Dashwood	lang	Road 
Addlestone,	Weybridge,	Surrey,	KT15	2QW	

Registered	in	England	No.	3310225 
5	March	2009

ANNUAl	REpoRT	2008

91

	
Notes

1. 

2.	

3.	

 A member entitled to attend and vote at the meeting may appoint another person(s) (who need not be a member of 
the company) to exercise all or any of his rights to attend, speak and vote at the meeting. A member can appoint 
more than one proxy in relation to the meeting, provided that each proxy is appointed to exercise the rights attaching 
to different shares held by him.

	A	proxy	does	not	need	to	be	a	member	of	the	Company	but	must	attend	the	Meeting	to	represent	you.	Your	proxy	will	vote	
as	you	instruct	and	must	attend	the	meeting	for	your	vote	to	be	counted.	Details	of	how	to	appoint	the	Chairman	or	another	
person	as	your	proxy	using	the	proxy	form	are	set	out	in	the	notes	to	the	proxy	form.	Appointing	a	proxy	does	not	preclude	you	
from	attending	the	Meeting	and	voting	in	person.	If	you	attend	the	Meeting	in	person,	your	proxy	appointment	will	automatically	
be	terminated.

	A	copy	of	this	notice	has	been	sent	for	information	only	to	persons	who	have	been	nominated	by	a	member	to	enjoy	
information	rights	under	section	146	of	the	Companies	Act	2006	(a	“Nominated	person”).	The	rights	to	appoint	a	proxy	
can	not	be	exercised	by	a	Nominated	person:	they	can	only	be	exercised	by	the	member.	However,	a	Nominated	person	
may	have	a	right	under	an	agreement	between	him	and	the	member	by	whom	he	was	nominated	to	be	appointed	as	a	
proxy	for	the	meeting	or	to	have	someone	else	so	appointed.	If	a	Nominated	person	does	not	have	such	a	right	or	does	not	
wish	to	exercise	it,	he	may	have	a	right	under	such	an	agreement	to	give	instructions	to	the	member	as	to	the	exercise	of	 
voting	rights.

4.	

	In	order	to	be	valid	an	appointment	of	proxy	must	be	returned	(together	with	any	authority	under	which	it	is	executed)	to	the	
Company’s	Registrars	not	less	than	48	hours	before	the	time	of	the	meeting.

(a)	 	pursuant	to	regulation	41	of	the	Uncertificated	Securities	Regulations	2001,	only	persons	entered	on	the	register	of	
members	of	the	Company	at	6.00	p.m.	on	20	May	2009	(or,	if	the	meeting	is	adjourned,	at	6.00	p.m.	on	the	date	which	
is	two	days	prior	to	the	adjourned	meeting)	shall	be	entitled	to	attend	and	vote	at	the	meeting	or	adjourned	meeting.	
Changes	to	entries	on	the	register	after	this	time	shall	be	disregarded	in	determining	the	rights	of	persons	to	attend	or	
vote	(and	the	number	of	votes	they	may	cast)	at	the	meeting	or	adjourned	meeting.

5.	

	CREST	members	who	wish	to	appoint	a	proxy	or	proxies	by	utilising	the	CREST	electronic	proxy	appointment	service	may	
do	so	by	utilising	the	procedures	described	in	the	CREST	Manual.	CREST	personal	Members	or	other	CREST	sponsored	
members,	and	those	CREST	members	who	have	appointed	a	voting	service	provider(s),	should	refer	to	their	CREST	sponsor	
or	voting	service	provider(s),	who	will	be	able	to	take	the	appropriate	action	on	their	behalf.	In	order	for	a	proxy	appointment	
made	by	means	of	CREST	to	be	valid,	the	appropriate	CREST	message	(a	“CREST	proxy	Instruction”)	must	be	properly	
authenticated	in	accordance	with	Euroclear	UK	&	Ireland	limited’s	(EUI)	specifications	and	must	contain	the	information	required	
for	such	instructions,	as	described	in	the	CREST	Manual.	The	message	regardless	of	whether	it	constitutes	the	appointment	
of	a	proxy	or	an	amendment	to	the	instruction	given	to	a	previously	appointed	proxy	must,	in	order	to	be	valid,	be	transmitted	
so	as	to	be	received	by	the	issuer’s	agent	(ID	number	–	RA10)	by	the	latest	time(s)	for	receipt	of	proxy	appointments	specified	
in	the	notice	of	meeting.	For	this	purpose,	the	time	of	receipt	will	be	taken	to	be	the	time	(as	determined	by	the	timestamp	
applied	to	the	message	by	the	CREST	Applications	Host)	from	which	the	issuer’s	agent	is	able	to	retrieve	the	message	by	
enquiry	to	CREST	in	the	manner	prescribed	by	CREST.	The	Company	may	treat	as	invalid	a	CREST	proxy	Instruction	in	the	
circumstances	set	out	in	Regulation	35(5)(a)	of	the	Uncertificated	Securities	Regulations	2001.

6.	

	Stephen	puckett	and	Hubert	Reid	will	retire	by	rotation	and	are	seeking	re-appointment	at	the	Annual	General	Meeting.	
Biographical	information	on	each	of	the	Directors	is	contained	on	page	27	of	the	annual	report	and	accounts.	In	accordance	
with	A.7.2	of	the	Combined	Code,	the	Chairman	confirms	that,	following	formal	performance	evaluation,	the	above	named	
individuals’	performances	remain	to	be	effective	and	demonstrate	commitment	to	the	role.

7.	

	For	the	purpose	of	this	resolution,	‘political	donations’,	‘political	organisations’	and	‘political	expenditure’	have	the	meanings	
given	to	them	in	Section	363-365	of	the	2006	Act.

	In	accordance	with	its	Business	principles,	it	is	the	Company’s	policy	not	to	make	contributions	to	political	parties.	There	
is	no	intention	to	change	it.	However,	what	constitutes	a	‘political	party’,	a	‘political	organisation’,	‘political	donations’	or	
‘political	expenditure’	under	the	Companies	Act	2006	is	not	easy	to	decide	as	the	legislation	is	capable	of	wide	interpretation.	
Sponsorship,	subscriptions,	payment	of	expenses,	paid	leave	for	employees	fulfilling	public	duties,	and	support	for	bodies	
representing	the	business	community	in	policy	review	or	reform,	among	other	things,	may	fall	within	this.	

92

michael page international

	
	
	Therefore,	notwithstanding	that	the	Company	has	no	intention	of	making	any	political	donation	or	incurring	any	political	
expenditure	in	respect	of	any	political	party,	political	organisation	or	independent	election	candidate,	the	Board	has	decided	
to	put	forward	Resolution	7	to	renew	the	authority	granted	by	shareholders	at	the	last	AGM	of	the	Company.	This	will	allow	
the	Company	to	continue	to	support	the	community	and	put	forward	its	views	to	wider	business	and	Government	interests	
without	running	the	risk	of	being	in	breach	of	the	law.	As	permitted	under	the	2006	Act,	Resolution	7	has	also	been	extended	
to	cover	any	of	these	activities	by	the	Company’s	subsidiaries.

8.	

	In	December	2008,	the	Association	of	British	Insurers	(“ABI”)	revised	its	guidelines	on	directors’	authority	to	allot	shares	(in	line	
with	the	recommendations	of	the	report	issued	in	November	2008	by	the	Rights	Issue	Review	Group).	The	ABI’s	guidelines	
previously	stated	that	the	directors’	general	authority	to	allot	shares	should	be	limited	to	an	amount	equal	to	one-third	of	the	
Company’s	issued	share	capital.	The	new	guidelines	state	that	ABI	members	will	permit,	and	treat	as	routine,	resolutions	
seeking	authority	to	allot	shares	representing	up	to	two-thirds	of	the	Company’s	issued	share	capital.	The	guidelines	provide	
that	the	extra	routine	authority	(that	is	the	authority	to	allot	shares	representing	the	additional	one-third	of	the	Company’s	
issued	share	capital)	can	only	be	used	to	allot	shares	pursuant	to	a	fully	pre-emptive	rights	issue.	

	In	light	of	these	revised	guidelines,	the	Board	considers	it	appropriate	that	directors	be	granted	authority	to	allot	shares	in	the	
capital	of	the	Company	up	to	a	maximum	nominal	amount	of	2,125,275	representing	the	new	guideline	limit	of	approximately	
66%	of	the	Company’s	issued	ordinary	share	capital	as	at	28	February	2009	(the	latest	practicable	date	prior	to	publication	
of	this	letter).	of	this	amount	106,263,732	shares	(representing	approximately	33%	of	the	Company’s	issued	ordinary	share	
capital)	can	only	be	allotted	pursuant	to	a	rights	issue.	The	power	will	last	until	the	conclusion	of	the	next	AGM	in	2010.

The	directors	have	no	present	intention	of	exercising	this	authority.

As	at	the	date	of	this	letter	the	Company	does	not	hold	any	ordinary	shares	in	the	capital	of	the	Company	in	treasury.

9.	

	Resolution	9	will	give	the	directors	authority	to	allot	shares	in	the	capital	of	the	Company	pursuant	to	the	authority	granted	
under	Resolution	8	above	for	cash	without	complying	with	the	pre-emption	rights	in	the	Companies	Act	1985	in	certain	
circumstances.	In	the	light	of	the	new	ABI	guidelines	described	in	relation	to	Resolution	8	above,	this	authority	will	permit	the	
directors	to	allot:

(a)	 	shares	up	to	a	nominal	amount	of	£2,125,275	(representing	two-thirds	of	the	company’s	issued	share	capital)	on	an	offer	
to	existing	shareholders	on	a	pre-emptive	basis.	However	unless	the	shares	are	allotted	pursuant	to	a	rights	issue	(rather	
than	an	open	offer),	the	directors	may	only	allot	shares	up	to	a	nominal	amount	of	£1,062,637	(representing	one-third	
of	the	company’s	issued	share	capital)	(in	each	case	subject	to	adjustments	for	fractional	entitlements	and	overseas	
shareholders);	and	

(b)			shares	up	to	a	maximum	nominal	value	of	£161,006,	representing	approximately	5%	of	the	issued	ordinary	share	capital	
of	the	Company	as	at	28	February	2009	(the	latest	practicable	date	prior	to	publication	of	this	letter)	otherwise	than	in	
connection	with	an	offer	to	existing	shareholders.	

The	directors	have	no	present	intention	of	exercising	this	authority.

	The	directors	confirm	their	intention	to	follow	the	provisions	of	the	pre-emption	Group’s	Statement	of	principles	regarding	
cumulative	usage	of	authorities	within	a	rolling	three-year	period.	The	principles	provide	that	companies	should	not	issue	for	
cash	shares	representing	in	excess	of	7.5%	of	the	Company’s	issued	share	capital	in	any	rolling	three-year	period,	other	than	
to	existing	shareholders,	without	prior	consultation	with	shareholders.

10.	 	This	authority	is	in	respect	of	14.99%	of	the	issued	share	capital	of	the	Company	and	the	power	given	by	this	resolution	will	
only	be	exercised	if	the	Directors	are	satisfied	that	any	purchase	will	increase	the	Earnings	per	Share	of	the	ordinary	Share	
Capital	in	issue	after	the	purchase	and	accordingly,	that	the	purchase	is	in	the	interests	of	shareholders.	It	is	the	intention	that	
shares	purchased	under	this	authority	be	cancelled,	but	in	order	to	respond	properly	to	the	Company’s	capital	requirements	
and	prevailing	market	conditions,	the	directors	will	need	to	reassess	at	the	time	of	any	and	each	actual	purchase	whether	to	
hold	the	shares	in	treasury	or	cancel	them,	provided	it	is	permitted	to	do	so.

11.	 	To	have	the	right	to	attend	and	vote	at	the	meeting	or	adjourned	meeting	(and	also	for	the	purpose	of	calculating	how	many	
votes	a	person	may	cast),	a	person	must	have	his/her	name	entered	on	the	register	of	members	by	no	later	than	6.00pm	
on	20	May	2009	(or	if	the	meeting	is	adjourned,	at	6.00pm	on	the	date	which	is	two	days	prior	to	the	adjourned	meeting).	
Changes	to	entries	on	the	register	after	this	time	shall	be	disregarded	in	determining	the	rights	of	any	person	to	attend	or	vote	
(and	the	number	of	votes	they	may	cast)	at	the	meeting	or	adjourned	meeting.

ANNUAl	REpoRT	2008

93

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
12.	 	Resolution	11	deals	with	the	convening	of	general	meetings	and	the	length	of	notice	required	to	convene	general	meetings	
and	is	in	line	with	the	relevant	provisions	of	the	Companies	Act	2006.	In	particular,	a	general	meeting	(other	than	the	annual	
general	meeting)	to	consider	a	special	resolution	can	be	convened	on	14	days’	notice	whereas	previously	21	days’	notice	
was	required.	

13.	 	Resolution	 12	 is	 a	 resolution	 to	 allow	 the	 Company	 to	 hold	 general	 meetings	 (other	 than	 AGMs)	 on	 14	 days	 notice.	 
For	general	meetings	other	than	AGMs	the	minimum	notice	period	permitted	by	the	Companies	Act	2006	is	currently	14	days	
(rather	than	the	21	days	notice	previously	required	by	the	old	articles	and	the	Companies	Act	1985).	The	2006	Act	provisions	
relating	to	meetings	are	due	to	be	amended	with	effect	from	August	2009,	as	a	result	of	the	UK	implementation	of	the	EU	
Shareholder	Rights	Directive.	one	of	the	amendments	to	be	made	will,	in	accordance	with	the	Directive,	increase	the	minimum	
notice	period	for	listed	company	general	meetings	to	21	days,	but	with	an	ability	for	companies	to	reduce	this	period	back	to	 
14	days	(other	than	for	AGMs)	provided	that	two	conditions	are	met.	The	first	condition	is	that	the	company	offers	facilities	
for	shareholders	to	vote	by	electronic	means.	It	is	not	yet	clear	what	this	will	require	and	the	details	will	be	set	out	in	the	final	
regulations	when	published.	The	second	condition	is	that	there	is	an	annual	resolution	of	shareholders	approving	the	reduction	
in	the	minimum	notice	period	from	21	days	to	14	days.	The	board	is	therefore	proposing	Resolution	12	as	a	special	resolution	
to	approve	14	days	as	the	minimum	period	of	notice	for	all	general	meetings	of	the	Company	other	than	AGMs.	The	approval	
will	be	effective	until	the	Company’s	next	AGM,	when	it	is	intended	that	the	approval	be	renewed.

14.	 		In	order	to	facilitate	voting	by	corporate	representatives	at	the	meeting,	arrangements	will	be	put	in	place	at	the	meeting	so	
that	(i)	if	a	corporate	shareholder	has	appointed	the	Chairman	of	the	meeting	as	its	corporate	representative	with	instructions	
to	vote	on	a	poll	in	accordance	with	the	directions	of	all	of	the	other	corporate	representatives	for	that	shareholder	at	the	
meeting,	then	on	a	poll	those	corporate	representatives	will	give	voting	directions	to	the	Chairman	and	the	Chairman	will	
vote	(or	withhold	a	vote)	as	corporate	representative	in	accordance	with	those	directions;	and	(ii)	if	more	than	one	corporate	
representative	for	the	same	corporate	shareholder	attends	the	meeting	but	the	corporate	shareholder	has	not	appointed	
the	Chairman	of	the	meeting	as	its	corporate	representative,	a	designated	corporate	representative	will	be	nominated,	from	
those	corporate	representatives	who	attend,	who	will	vote	on	a	poll	and	the	other	corporate	representatives	will	give	voting	
directions	to	that	designated	corporate	representative.	Corporate	shareholders	are	referred	to	the	guidance	issued	by	the	
Institute	of	Chartered	Secretaries	and	Administrators	on	proxies	and	corporate	representatives	(www.icsa.org.uk)	for	further	
details	of	this	procedure.	The	guidance	includes	a	sample	form	of	representation	letter	if	the	Chairman	is	being	appointed	as	
described	in	(i)	above.

15.	 	As	at	4	March	2009	(being	the	latest	business	day	prior	to	the	publication	of	this	Notice),	the	Company’s	issued	share	capital	
consists	of	322,034,920	ordinary	shares.	The	Employee	Benefit	Trust	holds	3,020,284	ordinary	shares	of	the	Company	
carrying	no	voting	rights.	No	shares	are	held	in	treasury.	Therefore	the	total	voting	rights	in	the	Company	are	319,014,636.

16.	 	Members	satisfying	the	thresholds	in	section	527	of	the	Companies	Act	2006	can	require	the	Company	to	publish	a	statement	
on	its	website	setting	out	any	matter	relating	to	(a)	the	audit	of	the	Company’s	accounts	(including	the	auditor’s	report	and	
the	conduct	of	the	audit)	that	are	to	be	laid	before	the	meeting;	or	(b)	any	circumstances	connected	with	an	auditor	of	the	
Company	ceasing	to	hold	office	since	the	last	Annual	General	Meeting,	that	the	members	propose	to	raise	at	the	meeting.	
The	Company	cannot	require	the	members	requesting	the	publication	to	pay	its	expenses.	Any	statement	placed	on	the	
website	must	also	be	sent	to	the	Company’s	auditors	no	later	than	the	time	it	makes	its	statement	available	on	the	website.	
The	business	which	may	be	dealt	with	at	the	meeting	includes	any	statement	that	the	Company	has	been	required	to	publish	
on	its	website.

17.	 	Copies	of	the	directors’	service	contracts	with	the	Company,	and	the	terms	and	conditions	of	the	Non-Executive	Directors	
are	available	for	inspection	at	the	registered	office	of	the	Company	during	usual	business	hours	(Saturdays,	Sundays	and	
public	holidays	excepted)	and	will	be	available	at	the	place	of	the	meeting	from	9.00am	until	its	conclusion.

94

michael page international

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

The	Directors	are	responsible	for	preparing	the	Annual	Report	and	the	financial	statements.	The	Directors	are	required	to	prepare	

financial	statements	for	the	Group	in	accordance	with	International	Financial	Reporting	Standards	(IFRS)	and	have	also	elected	

to	prepare	financial	statements	for	the	Company	in	accordance	with	IFRS.	Company	law	requires	the	Directors	to	prepare	such	

financial	statements	in	accordance	with	IFRS,	the	Companies	Act	1985	and	Article	4	of	the	IAS	Regulation.

International	Accounting	Standard	1	requires	that	financial	statements	present	fairly	for	each	year	the	company’s	financial	position,	

financial	performance	and	cash	flows.	This	requires	the	faithful	representation	of	the	effects	of	transactions,	other	events	and	

conditions	in	accordance	with	the	definitions	and	recognition	criteria	for	assets,	liabilities,	income	and	expenses	set	out	in	

the	International	Accounting	Standards	Board’s	‘Framework	for	the	preparation	and	presentation	of	Financial	Statements’.	

In	 virtually	 all	 circumstances,	 a	 fair	 presentation	 will	 be	 achieved	 by	 compliance	 with	 all	 applicable	 International	 Financial	 

Reporting	Standards.

Directors	are	also	required	to:

•	 properly	select	and	apply	accounting	policies;

•	

	present	information,	including	accounting	policies,	in	a	manner	that	provides	relevant,	reliable,	comparable	and	understandable	

information;	and

•	

	provide	additional	disclosures	when	compliance	with	the	specific	requirements	in	IFRS	is	insufficient	to	enable	users	to	understand	

the	impact	of	particular	transactions,	other	events	and	conditions	on	the	entity’s	financial	position	and	financial	performance.

The	Directors	are	responsible	for	keeping	proper	accounting	records	which	disclose	with	reasonable	accuracy	at	any	time	the	

financial	position	of	the	Company,	for	safeguarding	the	assets,	for	taking	reasonable	steps	for	the	prevention	and	detection	of	

fraud	and	other	irregularities	and	for	the	preparation	of	a	Directors’	report	and	Directors’	remuneration	report	and	operating	and	

financial	review	which	comply	with	the	requirements	of	the	Companies	Act	1985.

The	directors	are	responsible	for	the	maintenance	and	integrity	of	the	company’s	website.

legislation	in	the	United	Kingdom	governing	the	preparation	and	dissemination	of	financial	statements	may	differ	from	legislation	

in	other	jurisdictions.

Cautionary statement

This	Annual	Report	and	Accounts	has	been	prepared	solely	to	provide	additional	information	to	shareholders	to	assess	the	

Group’s	strategies	and	the	potential	for	those	strategies	to	succeed.	The	Annual	Report	and	Accounts	should	not	be	relied	on	

by	any	other	party	or	any	other	purpose.

This	Annual	Report	and	Accounts	contains	certain	forward-looking	statements.	These	statements	are	made	by	the	directors	in	

good	faith	based	on	the	information	available	to	them	up	to	the	time	of	their	approval	of	this	report	and	such	statements	should	

be	treated	with	caution	due	to	the	inherent	uncertainties,	including	both	economic	and	business	risk	factors,	underlying	any	such	

forward-looking	information.

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities in accordance with the Disclosure and transparency Rules

The	Directors	confirm	that,	to	the	best	of	their	knowledge:

a)	 	the	Group	financial	statements,	which	have	been	prepared	in	accordance	with	IFRS	as	adopted	by	the	EU	and	IFRS	as	issued	

by	the	IASB,	give	a	true	and	fair	view	of	the	assets,	liabilities,	financial	position	and	profit	of	the	Group;	and

b)	 	the	Business	review	section	contained	in	the	Annual	Report	includes	a	fair	review	of	the	development	and	performance	of	the	

business	and	the	position	of	the	Group,	together	with	a	description	of	the	principal	risks	and	uncertainties	that	it	faces.

on	behalf	of	the	Board

S ingham 

Chief	Executive	

5	March	2009	

ANNUAl	REpoRT	2008

S puckett 

Group	Finance	Director 

5	March	2009

95

Our office locations
yE AR ENDED 31 DECEMbER 2008

96

michael page international

GRowinG entiRely oRGAnicAlly, RAtheR 
thAn By meRGeRS oR AcquiSitionS, we now 
hAve oveR 4,900 people in 163 officeS in 28 
countRieS woRldwide.

ANNUAl	REpoRT	2008

97

Specialists in Global Recruitment
163 offices in 28 countries  |  www.michaelpage.co.uk